1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
61 \font_typewriter default
62 \font_default_family default
63 \use_non_tex_fonts false
70 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
100 \paperorientation portrait
103 \notefontcolor #0000ff
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes false
127 \output_changes false
143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
145 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
147 \begin_inset CommandInset href
149 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
160 \begin_inset Newline newline
164 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 \begin_inset Note Note
171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
172 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
186 \begin_layout Standard
187 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
188 LatexCommand tableofcontents
195 \begin_layout Chapter
199 \begin_layout Section
203 \begin_layout Standard
204 LyX is a document preparation system.
205 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
206 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
207 It is unlike most other
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
217 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
233 pt type, left justified, 5
234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
242 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
246 \begin_layout Standard
247 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
264 \begin_layout Standard
266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
277 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
278 the format of all of the manuals.
279 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
280 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 \begin_layout Section
301 \begin_layout Standard
302 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
304 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
305 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
311 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
312 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
314 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
315 only a vertical scrollbar.
316 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
317 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
318 This, however, is due
319 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
320 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
321 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
322 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
324 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
325 this doesn't work for equations yet.
328 \begin_layout Standard
329 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
337 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
342 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
343 ing sections of this documentation.
346 \begin_layout Section
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
356 of the manuals from inside LyX.
357 Just select the manual you want read from the
364 \begin_layout Section
366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
368 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
375 \begin_layout Standard
376 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
377 without resorting to configuration files.
378 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
379 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
380 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_inset Index idx
388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
395 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
396 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
401 \begin_inset space \space{}
404 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
405 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
407 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
411 \begin_inset Index idx
414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
415 Reconfiguration of LyX
420 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
423 \begin_layout Section
425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
427 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
434 \begin_layout Standard
435 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
436 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
438 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
439 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
443 \begin_layout Standard
444 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
446 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
447 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
452 you can view from the menu
454 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
473 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
474 reconfigure LyX (menu
476 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
480 \begin_inset Note Note
483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
492 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
493 More about TeX Code is described in section
498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
500 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
504 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
521 \begin_inset Index idx
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
525 Reconfiguration of LyX
530 See section 5.1 of the
534 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
537 \begin_layout Chapter
541 \begin_layout Section
542 Basic File Operations
543 \begin_inset Index idx
546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
555 \begin_layout Standard
560 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
561 in addition to some more advanced operations:
564 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_inset Graphics
569 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
576 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_inset Graphics
601 filename ../images/file-open.png
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
628 \begin_layout Itemize
638 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_inset Graphics
681 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
688 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
696 a few minor differences.
699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
714 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
715 you for a template to use.
716 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
717 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
718 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
726 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
733 \begin_layout Standard
734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
766 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
767 space is just that — a big, blank space.
775 \begin_layout Standard
796 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
801 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
826 will reload the document from disk.
827 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
828 and want to restore it to the last save.
837 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
838 can identify them as your changes.
841 \begin_layout Section
842 Basic Editing Features
843 \begin_inset Index idx
846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
855 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
862 \begin_layout Standard
863 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
864 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
865 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
866 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
868 We'll start with cut and paste.
871 \begin_layout Standard
872 As you might expect, the
876 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
877 various other editing features.
878 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
882 \begin_layout Itemize
888 \begin_inset Graphics
889 filename ../images/cut.png
896 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_inset Graphics
903 filename ../images/copy.png
910 \begin_layout Itemize
916 \begin_inset Graphics
917 filename ../images/paste.png
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_inset Graphics
959 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1201 \begin_layout Standard
1202 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1203 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1205 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1210 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1217 \begin_layout Section
1219 \begin_inset Index idx
1222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1229 \begin_inset Index idx
1232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1241 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1248 \begin_layout Standard
1249 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1250 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1253 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1256 or the toolbar button
1257 \begin_inset Graphics
1258 filename ../images/undo.png
1262 to undo some mistake.
1263 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1265 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1268 or the toolbar button
1269 \begin_inset Graphics
1270 filename ../images/redo.png
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1286 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1289 \begin_layout Standard
1290 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1299 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1300 This is a consequence of the 100
1301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1304 step undo limit, above.
1307 \begin_layout Standard
1316 work on almost everything in LyX.
1317 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1321 \begin_layout Section
1323 \begin_inset Index idx
1326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1335 \begin_layout Standard
1336 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1339 \begin_layout Enumerate
1344 \begin_layout Itemize
1349 once anywhere in the edit window.
1350 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1354 \begin_layout Enumerate
1359 \begin_layout Itemize
1365 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1368 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1371 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1375 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1385 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1390 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1391 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1395 \begin_layout Enumerate
1400 \begin_layout Standard
1405 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1410 \begin_layout Section
1412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1414 name "sec:Navigating"
1419 \begin_inset Index idx
1422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1431 \begin_layout Standard
1432 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1435 \begin_layout Itemize
1440 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1441 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1450 or the toolbar button
1451 \begin_inset Graphics
1452 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1459 \begin_layout Standard
1460 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1461 (TOC) that is described in section
1462 \begin_inset space ~
1466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1468 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1473 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1474 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1475 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1476 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1477 to the document, see section
1478 \begin_inset space ~
1482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1484 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1493 option sorts the current list, and the
1497 option keeps it in the current view state.
1498 Keeping means that when you have e.
1499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1503 \begin_inset space \space{}
1506 the subsections of section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 3, the subsections of section
1515 \begin_inset space ~
1518 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1523 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1524 \begin_inset space ~
1530 \begin_layout Standard
1532 \begin_inset space \space{}
1536 \begin_inset Graphics
1537 filename ../images/down.png
1542 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1547 \begin_inset space \space{}
1551 \begin_inset Graphics
1552 filename ../images/up.png
1557 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1561 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1563 So you can for example move section
1564 \begin_inset space ~
1568 \begin_inset space ~
1572 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/promote.png
1580 \begin_inset Graphics
1581 filename ../images/demote.png
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1611 \begin_inset Graphics
1612 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1617 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1618 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1619 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1620 go back to your last editing position.
1623 \begin_layout Section
1624 Input / Word Completion
1625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1627 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1632 \begin_inset Index idx
1635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1642 \begin_inset Index idx
1645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1676 \begin_layout Standard
1677 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1679 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1680 is used to propose completions.
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1684 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1685 there are completions available.
1686 You can then press the
1690 key to use this completion.
1691 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1692 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1693 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1700 \begin_layout Standard
1701 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1703 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1706 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1708 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1711 by deselecting the option
1718 Automatic inline completion
1720 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1721 To accept this proposal, use the
1730 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1731 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1739 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1746 \begin_layout Section
1748 \begin_inset Index idx
1751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1758 \begin_inset Index idx
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1790 \begin_inset Index idx
1793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1824 \begin_layout Standard
1825 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1826 LyX's default is CUA.
1829 \begin_layout Standard
1833 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1862 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1866 \begin_layout Labeling
1867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1871 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1872 LatexCommand nomenclature
1874 description "Tabulator key"
1880 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1881 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1882 \begin_inset space ~
1886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1888 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1895 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1899 , especially section
1900 \begin_inset space ~
1904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1906 reference "sub:Lists"
1912 If you're still confused, look in the
1919 \begin_layout Labeling
1920 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1924 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1925 LatexCommand nomenclature
1927 description "Escape key"
1934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1941 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1942 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1945 \begin_layout Labeling
1946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1952 \begin_inset space ~
1956 \begin_inset space ~
1963 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1964 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1968 \begin_layout Standard
1969 There are three modifier keys:
1972 \begin_layout Labeling
1973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1991 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1992 LatexCommand nomenclature
1994 description "Control key"
1998 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1999 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2003 \begin_layout Itemize
2012 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2015 \begin_layout Itemize
2024 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2027 \begin_layout Itemize
2036 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2040 \begin_layout Labeling
2041 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2059 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2060 LatexCommand nomenclature
2062 description "Shift key"
2066 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2067 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2070 \begin_layout Labeling
2071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2089 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2090 LatexCommand nomenclature
2092 description "Alt or Meta key"
2096 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2097 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2098 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2104 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2106 menu accelerator keys
2109 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2110 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2115 For example, the sequence
2116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2122 \begin_inset space ~
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2132 \begin_inset space ~
2140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2159 \begin_inset space ~
2165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2175 \begin_layout Standard
2180 manual lists all other things bound to the
2188 \begin_layout Standard
2189 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2190 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2191 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2192 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2193 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2194 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2195 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2196 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2212 followed by a capital
2219 \begin_layout Standard
2220 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2222 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2227 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2230 as explained in sec.
2231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2237 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2244 \begin_layout Chapter
2246 \begin_inset Index idx
2249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 \begin_layout Section
2260 \begin_inset Index idx
2263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2272 \begin_layout Subsection
2276 \begin_layout Standard
2277 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2278 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2279 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2280 numbering schemes, and so on.
2281 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2282 and format the title of your document differently.
2285 \begin_layout Standard
2290 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2291 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2292 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2293 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2294 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2297 \begin_layout Standard
2298 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2299 how to adjust their properties.
2302 \begin_layout Subsection
2304 \begin_inset Index idx
2307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2316 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2323 \begin_layout Standard
2324 You can select a class using the
2326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2327 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2331 \begin_inset Index idx
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2341 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2345 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2349 \begin_layout Standard
2350 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2354 \begin_layout Description
2355 Article for basic articles
2358 \begin_layout Description
2359 Report for basic reports
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Book for writing a book
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Letter for US-style letters
2370 \begin_layout Standard
2371 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2372 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2373 will include many of these.
2374 Here are some of the classes.
2375 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2377 Special Document Classes
2386 \begin_layout Description
2387 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2390 \begin_layout Description
2391 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2395 \begin_layout Description
2396 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2400 \begin_layout Description
2401 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2402 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2403 There are three article layouts available.
2404 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2405 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2406 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2407 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2412 sequential numbering
2413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2416 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2417 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2418 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2419 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2422 \begin_layout Description
2423 Beamer Layout for presentations
2426 \begin_layout Description
2427 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2428 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2432 \begin_layout Description
2433 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2436 \begin_layout Description
2438 \begin_inset space ~
2441 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2444 \begin_layout Description
2445 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2448 \begin_layout Description
2449 Foils Used to make transparencies
2452 \begin_layout Description
2453 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2454 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2458 \begin_layout Description
2459 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2460 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2473 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2474 (Is used by this document.)
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2485 \begin_layout Description
2490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2497 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2498 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2500 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2503 \begin_layout Description
2504 Slides Used to make transparencies
2507 \begin_layout Description
2509 \begin_inset space ~
2512 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2513 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2520 \begin_layout Standard
2521 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2523 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2529 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2530 of the document classes.
2533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2537 \begin_layout Standard
2538 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2542 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2544 \begin_inset Index idx
2547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2564 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2569 \begin_inset space ~
2576 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2577 that are not installed to produce output.
2578 So it seems that something is wrong.
2581 \begin_layout Standard
2582 But nothing is wrong.
2583 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2584 and some of them, like
2588 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2589 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2590 files, with a growing number.
2591 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2592 by some document class.
2593 There are just too many of them.
2594 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2599 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2600 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2601 document class for a new file.
2602 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2607 Installing new LaTeX files
2608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2615 manual for information on how to install them.
2616 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2622 \begin_layout Standard
2623 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2624 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2626 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2627 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2628 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2630 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2633 \begin_inset space ~
2640 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2652 \begin_inset Index idx
2655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2664 \begin_layout Standard
2665 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2666 chosen document class.
2667 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2668 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2679 \begin_inset Index idx
2682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2689 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2693 \begin_layout Standard
2694 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2695 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2696 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2697 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2698 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2699 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2700 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2702 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2706 \begin_inset Index idx
2709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2710 Reconfiguration of LyX
2716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2719 Installing new LaTeX files
2720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2727 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2730 \begin_layout Standard
2731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2739 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2740 LyX will advise you about these things.
2748 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 Each class has a default set of options.
2754 Here's a quick table describing them:
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2764 \begin_layout Standard
2766 \begin_inset Tabular
2767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3228 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3234 \begin_layout Standard
3235 You're probably also wondering what
3236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3240 \begin_inset space ~
3244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3248 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3249 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3254 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3259 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3269 headings, there are also
3277 headings, and so on.
3278 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3279 \begin_inset space ~
3283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3285 reference "sub:Headings"
3292 \begin_layout Subsection
3294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3296 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3301 \begin_inset Index idx
3304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 \begin_inset Index idx
3316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3325 \begin_layout Standard
3326 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3328 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3339 \begin_inset space ~
3344 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3346 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3347 to use for your document.
3348 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3352 \begin_layout Standard
3359 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3365 \begin_inset space ~
3370 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3371 You can choose between the following five options:
3374 \begin_layout Labeling
3375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3380 Use default page style of current class.
3383 \begin_layout Labeling
3384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3389 No page numbers or headings.
3392 \begin_layout Labeling
3393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3401 \begin_layout Labeling
3402 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3407 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3408 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3409 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3412 \begin_layout Labeling
3413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3418 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3424 \begin_inset Index idx
3427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3428 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3434 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3435 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3437 Check the documentation for the
3441 package for more details,
3442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3456 of paragraphs is described in section
3457 \begin_inset space ~
3461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3463 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3470 \begin_layout Subsection
3471 Paper Size and Orientation
3472 \begin_inset Index idx
3475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3476 Document ! Paper size
3482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3484 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3491 \begin_layout Standard
3492 You'll find the following options in the menu
3495 \begin_inset space ~
3500 of the dialog of the
3502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3508 \begin_inset Index idx
3511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3520 \begin_layout Labeling
3521 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3525 \begin_inset space ~
3530 What size paper to print on.
3534 \begin_layout Itemize
3540 \begin_layout Itemize
3550 \begin_layout Itemize
3556 \begin_layout Itemize
3562 \begin_layout Itemize
3568 \begin_layout Itemize
3574 \begin_layout Itemize
3580 \begin_layout Labeling
3581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3586 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3597 \begin_layout Labeling
3598 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3602 \begin_inset space ~
3607 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3608 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3611 \begin_layout Subsection
3613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3620 \begin_inset Index idx
3623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3630 \begin_inset Index idx
3633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3642 \begin_layout Standard
3643 Paper margins are set in the menu
3645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3649 \begin_inset Index idx
3652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3661 \begin_layout Standard
3662 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3663 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3664 the paper format and the font size into account.
3667 \begin_layout Subsection
3671 \begin_layout Standard
3672 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3677 That includes the paragraph environments.
3678 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3679 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3680 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3681 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3690 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3692 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3693 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3694 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3697 \begin_layout Section
3698 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3699 \begin_inset Index idx
3702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3703 Paragraph ! Indentation
3711 \begin_layout Subsection
3713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3715 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3723 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3724 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3727 \begin_layout Standard
3728 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3729 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3730 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3731 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3735 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3741 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3742 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3743 language than English.
3744 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3747 \begin_layout Standard
3748 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3749 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3751 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3752 LyX takes care of that.
3753 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3755 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3756 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3757 of a page, and so on.
3761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3762 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3767 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3768 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3772 of these pre-coded spacings.
3773 We'll explain more later.
3776 \begin_layout Subsection
3777 Paragraph Separation
3778 \begin_inset Index idx
3781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3782 Paragraph ! Separation
3790 \begin_layout Standard
3791 To separate paragraphs, select
3802 \begin_inset space ~
3809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3813 \begin_inset Index idx
3816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3822 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3823 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3824 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3827 \begin_layout Standard
3837 \begin_layout Standard
3838 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3839 \begin_inset space ~
3843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3845 reference "cap:Units"
3850 The default length is 30
3851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3857 \begin_layout Subsection
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3862 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3865 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3867 \begin_inset space ~
3872 dialog and toggle the
3875 \begin_inset space ~
3880 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3883 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3887 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3888 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3892 \begin_layout Standard
3893 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3894 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3899 \begin_inset Index idx
3902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3903 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3918 \begin_inset Index idx
3921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3930 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3933 \begin_inset space ~
3942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3943 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3948 \begin_inset Index idx
3951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3952 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3957 installed to use this feature.
3965 \begin_layout Section
3966 Paragraph Environments
3967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3974 \begin_inset Index idx
3977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3978 Paragraph ! Environments
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3988 Paragraph environments|(
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4004 \begin_layout Standard
4023 \begin_inset Newline newline
4026 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4027 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4028 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4037 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4040 \begin_layout Standard
4041 A paragraph environment is simply a
4042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4049 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4050 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4051 scheme, labels, and so on.
4052 Additionally, you can
4053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4060 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4061 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4062 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4063 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4064 days of typewriters.
4065 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4067 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4070 \begin_layout Standard
4071 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4072 \begin_inset Graphics
4073 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4079 at the left end of the toolbar.
4080 LyX will change the environment of the
4084 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4085 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4086 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4090 \begin_layout Standard
4099 create a new paragraph using the
4103 paragraph environment.
4105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4112 because if you are in one of these environments:
4115 \begin_layout Itemize
4121 \begin_layout Itemize
4127 \begin_layout Itemize
4133 \begin_layout Itemize
4139 \begin_layout Itemize
4145 \begin_layout Itemize
4151 \begin_layout Itemize
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4162 , rather than resetting it to
4167 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4168 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4169 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4170 \begin_inset space ~
4174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4176 reference "sec:Nesting"
4181 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4186 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4187 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4191 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4197 \begin_layout Subsection
4201 \begin_layout Standard
4202 The default paragraph environment is
4207 It creates a plain paragraph.
4208 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4209 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4210 this manual) are in the
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4218 You can nest a paragraph using the
4222 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4230 \begin_layout Subsection
4232 \begin_inset Index idx
4235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4244 \begin_layout Standard
4245 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4254 for thanks or contact information.
4255 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4256 page along with today's date.
4257 For other types of documents, the title
4258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4265 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4284 Here's how you use them:
4287 \begin_layout Itemize
4288 Put the title of your document in the
4295 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 Put the author name in the
4303 \begin_layout Itemize
4304 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4305 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4311 Note that using this environment is optional.
4312 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4313 If you don't want any date, add the line
4314 \begin_inset Newline newline
4324 \begin_inset Newline newline
4327 to the preamble of your document (menu
4329 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 You can use footnotes to insert
4337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4344 or contact information.
4347 \begin_layout Subsection
4349 \begin_inset Index idx
4352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4368 \begin_layout Standard
4369 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4370 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4375 \begin_inset Index idx
4378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4379 Section headings ! Numbered
4387 \begin_layout Standard
4388 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4392 \begin_layout Enumerate
4398 \begin_layout Enumerate
4404 \begin_layout Enumerate
4410 \begin_layout Enumerate
4416 \begin_layout Enumerate
4422 \begin_layout Enumerate
4428 \begin_layout Enumerate
4434 \begin_layout Standard
4435 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4436 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4437 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4440 \begin_layout Standard
4441 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4442 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4443 You group the book into chapters.
4444 LyX does similar grouping:
4447 \begin_layout Itemize
4452 is divided in either
4463 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 \begin_layout Itemize
4487 \begin_layout Itemize
4499 \begin_layout Itemize
4511 \begin_layout Itemize
4523 \begin_layout Standard
4524 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4532 Not all document types use the
4536 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4541 is the top-level heading.
4549 \begin_layout Standard
4554 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4555 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4557 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4571 \begin_inset Index idx
4574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4575 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4583 \begin_layout Standard
4584 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4588 \begin_layout Enumerate
4594 \begin_layout Enumerate
4600 \begin_layout Enumerate
4606 \begin_layout Enumerate
4612 \begin_layout Enumerate
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4627 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4628 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4629 table of contents, see section
4630 \begin_inset space ~
4634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4644 Changing the Numbering
4645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4647 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4654 \begin_layout Standard
4655 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4656 in the Table of Contents.
4657 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4659 Certain classes start with
4673 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4683 This is something you can change.
4686 \begin_layout Standard
4689 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4695 \begin_inset Index idx
4698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4709 \begin_inset space ~
4713 \begin_inset space ~
4718 you'll see two counters.
4723 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4725 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4730 Short Titles of Headings
4731 \begin_inset Index idx
4734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4735 Section headings ! Short titles
4741 \begin_inset Argument
4744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4753 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4761 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4762 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4763 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4764 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4768 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4769 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4770 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4771 To specify a short title, use the menu
4773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4775 \begin_inset space ~
4781 This will insert a box labeled
4782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4797 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4798 This also works for captions inside floats.
4801 \begin_layout Standard
4802 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4809 \begin_layout Standard
4810 The following information applies to all section headings:
4813 \begin_layout Itemize
4814 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4817 \begin_layout Itemize
4818 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4821 \begin_layout Itemize
4822 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4825 \begin_layout Itemize
4826 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4829 \begin_layout Subsection
4830 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4833 \begin_layout Standard
4834 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4848 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4849 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4850 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4851 the text they contain.
4852 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4860 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4873 when you start a new paragraph.
4874 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4878 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4879 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4880 to change back to the
4884 environment yourself.
4887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4904 \begin_inset Index idx
4907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4916 \begin_layout Standard
4917 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4918 time for the differences.
4927 are identical except for one difference:
4931 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4940 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 Here's an example of the
4957 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4959 See – no indentation!
4963 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4964 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4965 the other paragraph.
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 Here's another example, this time in the
4976 \begin_layout Quotation
4982 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4983 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4984 the first line, then
4988 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4992 you were quoting other text.
4995 \begin_layout Quotation
4996 Here's a new paragraph.
4997 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4998 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5001 \begin_layout Standard
5002 As the examples show,
5006 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5007 They should put quotes in the
5012 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5016 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5025 \begin_inset Index idx
5028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5037 \begin_inset Index idx
5040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5061 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5067 \begin_inset Newline newline
5070 Which I did not rehearse!
5074 It could be much worse.
5075 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5077 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5078 indented a bit more than the first.
5079 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5085 \begin_inset Newline newline
5088 And make things look fine
5089 \begin_inset Newline newline
5095 arg "newline-insert newline"
5101 \begin_layout Standard
5106 does not indent both margins.
5107 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5108 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5115 arg "newline-insert newline"
5121 \begin_layout Subsection
5123 \begin_inset Index idx
5126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5143 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5153 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5162 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5163 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5164 some general features of all four of them.
5167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5171 \begin_layout Standard
5172 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5174 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5183 reset the environment to
5187 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5188 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5189 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5193 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5196 to break paragraphs.
5199 \begin_layout Standard
5200 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5201 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5203 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5204 you read all of section
5205 \begin_inset space ~
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5211 reference "sec:Nesting"
5219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5225 \begin_inset Index idx
5228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5249 paragraph environment.
5250 It has the following properties:
5253 \begin_layout Itemize
5254 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 The items can have any length.
5269 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5270 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5277 \begin_layout Itemize
5282 environment inside another
5286 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5290 \begin_layout Itemize
5291 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5294 \begin_layout Itemize
5295 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5298 \begin_layout Itemize
5300 \begin_inset space ~
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5306 reference "sec:Nesting"
5310 for a full explanation of nesting.
5314 \begin_layout Standard
5315 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5324 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5327 \begin_layout Standard
5328 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5329 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5332 \begin_layout Itemize
5333 The label for the first level
5337 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5341 \begin_layout Itemize
5342 The label for the second level is a dash.
5346 \begin_layout Itemize
5347 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5351 \begin_layout Itemize
5352 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5356 \begin_layout Itemize
5357 Back out to the third level.
5361 \begin_layout Itemize
5362 Back to the second level.
5366 \begin_layout Itemize
5367 Back to the outermost level.
5370 \begin_layout Standard
5371 These are the default labels for an
5376 You can customize these labels in the
5378 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5381 dialog in the submenu
5388 \begin_inset Index idx
5391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5400 \begin_layout Standard
5401 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5402 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5404 \begin_inset space ~
5408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5410 reference "sec:Nesting"
5417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5423 \begin_inset Index idx
5426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5435 name "sec:Enumerate"
5442 \begin_layout Standard
5447 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5448 It has these properties:
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5465 \begin_layout Enumerate
5470 environment resets the counter to one.
5473 \begin_layout Enumerate
5486 \begin_layout Enumerate
5487 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5488 Items can have any length.
5491 \begin_layout Enumerate
5492 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5495 \begin_layout Enumerate
5496 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5499 \begin_layout Enumerate
5500 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5513 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5514 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5521 \begin_layout Enumerate
5522 The first level of an
5526 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5530 \begin_layout Enumerate
5531 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5535 \begin_layout Enumerate
5536 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5540 \begin_layout Enumerate
5541 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5544 \begin_layout Enumerate
5545 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5550 \begin_layout Enumerate
5551 Back to the third level
5555 \begin_layout Enumerate
5556 Back to the second level.
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 Back to the outermost level.
5564 \begin_layout Standard
5565 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5570 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5575 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5579 \begin_layout Standard
5580 There is more to nesting
5584 environments than we've stated here.
5585 You should read section
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5592 reference "sec:Nesting"
5596 to learn more about nesting.
5599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5605 \begin_inset Index idx
5608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5617 \begin_layout Standard
5618 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5622 list has no fixed label.
5623 Instead, LyX uses the first
5624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5631 of the first line as the label.
5635 \begin_layout Description
5636 Example: This is an example of the
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5644 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5657 it is meant that the first hit of the
5661 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5663 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5671 arg "space-insert protected"
5676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5677 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5679 \begin_inset space ~
5685 \begin_inset space ~
5689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5691 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5695 for more info.) Here is an example:
5698 \begin_layout Description
5700 \begin_inset space ~
5703 Example: This one shows how to use a
5706 \begin_inset space ~
5718 \begin_layout Description
5719 Usage: You should use the
5723 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5724 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5726 It's not a good idea to use a
5730 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5731 You're better off using
5743 paragraphs into them.
5746 \begin_layout Description
5747 Nesting: You can nest
5751 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5757 them from the first line.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5766 \begin_inset Index idx
5769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5778 \begin_layout Standard
5783 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5786 \begin_layout Standard
5787 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5795 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5800 environment is named
5812 \begin_layout Standard
5821 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5822 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5825 \begin_layout Labeling
5826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5828 \begin_inset space ~
5831 labels LyX uses the first
5832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5839 of each line as the item label.
5844 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5845 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5846 blank as described above.
5849 \begin_layout Labeling
5850 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5851 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5852 the body of the item text.
5853 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5854 label width plus a little extra space.
5858 \begin_layout Labeling
5859 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5861 \begin_inset space ~
5864 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5866 If the label width is larger, the label
5867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5874 into the first line.
5875 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5876 margin of the rest of the item text.
5879 \begin_layout Labeling
5880 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5890 environment have the same left margin.
5891 \begin_inset Newline newline
5894 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5897 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5899 \begin_inset space ~
5908 \begin_inset space ~
5913 determines the default label width.
5914 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5923 multiple times instead.
5924 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5933 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5936 \begin_inset space ~
5941 every time you alter a label in a
5946 \begin_inset Newline newline
5949 The predefined default width is the length of
5950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5959 \begin_inset Newline newline
5963 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5971 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5972 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5980 \begin_layout Standard
5985 environment the same way like the
5989 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5995 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6004 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6006 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6008 \begin_inset space ~
6012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6014 reference "sec:Nesting"
6018 to learn about nesting.
6021 \begin_layout Standard
6022 There is yet another feature of the
6026 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6028 You can use additional
6032 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6037 are documented in section
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6044 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6049 Here are some examples:
6050 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6056 \begin_layout Labeling
6057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6058 Left The default for
6065 \begin_layout Labeling
6066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6067 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6074 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6077 \begin_layout Labeling
6078 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6079 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6083 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6090 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6093 \begin_layout Subsection
6095 \begin_inset Index idx
6098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6115 \begin_inset space ~
6123 \begin_layout Standard
6124 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6132 \begin_inset space ~
6138 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6139 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6140 In contrast, you can use the
6147 \begin_inset space ~
6152 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6153 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6158 Of course, you're not limited to using
6165 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6179 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6180 some European academic papers.
6183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6187 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6194 \begin_layout Standard
6199 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6200 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6204 \begin_inset space ~
6209 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6210 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6211 Here's an example of each:
6214 \begin_layout Right Address
6216 \begin_inset Newline newline
6220 \begin_inset Newline newline
6224 \begin_inset Newline newline
6227 When is it? What is today?
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6234 \begin_inset space ~
6240 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6241 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6242 Here's an example of the
6249 \begin_layout Address
6251 \begin_inset Newline newline
6254 Where do I send this
6255 \begin_inset Newline newline
6258 Your post office and country
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6262 As you can see, both
6269 \begin_inset space ~
6274 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6279 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6285 This makes sense, since
6293 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6294 Thus, you have to use
6301 arg "newline-insert newline"
6307 \begin_inset space ~
6310 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6312 \begin_inset space ~
6321 menu) to start a new line in an
6328 \begin_inset space ~
6336 \begin_layout Subsection
6340 \begin_layout Standard
6341 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6342 or list of references.
6343 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6346 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6350 \begin_inset Index idx
6353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6362 \begin_layout Standard
6367 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6368 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6369 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6370 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6374 in anything else or vice versa.
6380 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6381 The book document classes ignores the
6385 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6389 in a letter document class.
6392 \begin_layout Standard
6397 environment does several things for you.
6398 First, it puts the centered label
6399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6407 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6409 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6410 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6411 the subsequent text.
6412 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6413 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6416 \begin_layout Standard
6417 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6421 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6422 The new paragraph will still be in the
6427 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6428 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6431 \begin_layout Standard
6432 \begin_inset Float figure
6437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6439 \begin_inset Graphics
6440 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6448 \begin_inset Caption
6450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6453 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6474 \begin_layout Standard
6475 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6479 environment, but since this document is in the
6480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6487 class, we can't do this.
6488 We inserted it therefore as figure
6489 \begin_inset space ~
6493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6495 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6500 If you've never heard of an
6501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6508 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6517 \begin_inset Index idx
6520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6529 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6536 \begin_layout Standard
6541 environment is used to list references.
6542 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6543 only use it at the end of the document.
6548 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6552 When you first open a
6556 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6572 depending on the document class.
6573 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6574 Each paragraph of the
6578 environment is a bibliography entry.
6583 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6584 Each new paragraph is still in the
6591 \begin_layout Standard
6592 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6593 by using a BibTeX database.
6594 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6595 phy handling, have a look at in section
6596 \begin_inset space ~
6600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6602 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6609 \begin_layout Subsection
6613 \begin_inset Index idx
6616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6617 Paragraph ! LyX code
6623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6632 \begin_layout Standard
6637 environment is another LyX extension.
6638 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6643 key as a fixed whitespace;
6647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6659 \begin_inset space ~
6664 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6669 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6670 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6673 arg "newline-insert newline"
6690 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6691 So, when you finish using the
6695 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6696 Also, you can nest the
6700 environment inside of others.
6703 \begin_layout Standard
6704 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6707 \begin_layout Itemize
6711 arg "newline-insert newline"
6714 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6719 \begin_inset space \space{}
6729 arg "newline-insert newline"
6735 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 arg "newline-insert newline"
6750 \begin_layout Itemize
6755 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6762 \begin_layout Itemize
6766 arg "space-insert protected"
6773 \begin_layout Itemize
6774 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6775 You must put at least one
6779 in any line you want blank.
6780 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6783 \begin_layout Itemize
6784 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6788 since that will insert
6793 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6796 arg "self-insert \""
6802 \begin_layout Standard
6806 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6810 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6814 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6818 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6822 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6823 printf("Hello World!
6828 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6832 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6836 \begin_layout Standard
6837 This is just the standard
6838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6849 \begin_layout Standard
6854 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6855 rc-files, and so on.
6856 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6857 as if you used a typewriter.
6858 \begin_inset Index idx
6861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6862 Paragraph environments|)
6870 \begin_layout Section
6871 Nesting Environments
6872 \begin_inset Index idx
6875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6876 Nesting ! Environments
6882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6891 \begin_layout Subsection
6895 \begin_layout Standard
6896 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6898 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6900 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6902 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6914 \begin_layout Enumerate
6918 \begin_layout Enumerate
6923 \begin_layout Enumerate
6927 \begin_layout Enumerate
6932 \begin_layout Enumerate
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6937 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6938 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6941 \begin_inset space ~
6945 \begin_inset space ~
6953 \begin_inset space ~
6957 \begin_inset space ~
6966 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6967 will tell you how far you are nested).
6968 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6969 \begin_inset Graphics
6970 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6975 \begin_inset Graphics
6976 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6980 or the convenient key bindings
6991 arg "depth-increment"
6997 arg "depth-decrement"
7000 to change the nesting level.
7001 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7002 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7006 \begin_layout Standard
7007 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7008 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7009 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7010 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7013 \begin_layout Standard
7014 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7015 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7017 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7020 \begin_layout Subsection
7021 What You Can and Can't Nest
7024 \begin_layout Standard
7025 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7026 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7031 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7032 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7035 \begin_layout Itemize
7036 Completely unnestable
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7040 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7049 \begin_layout Standard
7050 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7051 environments have them:
7054 \begin_layout Description
7055 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7056 Can't nest into them.
7060 \begin_layout Itemize
7066 \begin_layout Itemize
7072 \begin_layout Itemize
7078 \begin_layout Itemize
7084 \begin_layout Itemize
7091 \begin_layout Description
7093 \begin_inset space ~
7096 Nestable You can nest them.
7097 You can nest other things into them.
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_layout Itemize
7113 \begin_layout Itemize
7119 \begin_layout Itemize
7125 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 \begin_layout Itemize
7137 \begin_layout Itemize
7143 \begin_layout Itemize
7150 \begin_layout Description
7151 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7152 You can't nest anything into them.
7156 \begin_layout Itemize
7162 \begin_layout Itemize
7168 \begin_layout Itemize
7174 \begin_layout Itemize
7180 \begin_layout Itemize
7186 \begin_layout Itemize
7192 \begin_layout Itemize
7198 \begin_layout Itemize
7204 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7222 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 \begin_layout Itemize
7234 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_inset space ~
7244 \begin_layout Itemize
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7260 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7269 \begin_inset space ~
7273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7277 \begin_inset space \space{}
7280 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7281 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7282 section headings violate this.
7290 \begin_layout Subsection
7291 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7292 \begin_inset Index idx
7295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7296 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7304 \begin_layout Standard
7305 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7306 affected by nesting anyhow.
7310 \begin_layout Itemize
7314 \begin_layout Itemize
7318 \begin_layout Itemize
7322 \begin_layout Standard
7324 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7332 Figures and tables in
7336 are not affected by this.
7341 Have a look at section
7342 \begin_inset space ~
7346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7348 reference "sec:Floats"
7352 for more information about
7359 \begin_layout Standard
7360 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7361 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7365 \begin_layout Standard
7366 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7374 of its own, it behaves just like a
7375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7382 paragraph environment.
7383 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7387 \begin_layout Standard
7388 Here's an example with a table:
7391 \begin_layout Enumerate
7396 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 This is (a) and it's nested.
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7402 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7408 \begin_layout Standard
7410 \begin_inset Tabular
7411 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7412 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7506 \begin_layout Enumerate
7508 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7512 \begin_layout Enumerate
7516 \begin_layout Standard
7517 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7520 \begin_layout Enumerate
7525 \begin_layout Enumerate
7526 This is (a) and it's nested.
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7531 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7537 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset Tabular
7540 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7541 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7627 \begin_layout Standard
7628 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7634 \begin_layout Enumerate
7641 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7644 \begin_layout Enumerate
7648 \begin_layout Standard
7649 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7653 \begin_layout Standard
7654 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7656 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 This is (a) and it's nested.
7668 \begin_layout Standard
7669 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7675 \begin_layout Standard
7677 \begin_inset Tabular
7678 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7679 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7765 \begin_layout Standard
7766 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7772 \begin_layout Enumerate
7774 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7782 \begin_layout Enumerate
7786 \begin_layout Standard
7787 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7793 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7794 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7798 \begin_layout Subsection
7799 Usage and General Features
7802 \begin_layout Standard
7803 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7812 is the innermost possible depth.
7813 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7816 \begin_layout Enumerate
7817 level #1 – outermost
7821 \begin_layout Enumerate
7826 \begin_layout Enumerate
7831 \begin_layout Enumerate
7836 \begin_layout Itemize
7841 \begin_layout Itemize
7850 \begin_layout Standard
7851 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7852 both of them in the example.
7853 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7863 For example, if we tried to nest another
7868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7875 , we would get errors.
7878 \begin_layout Subsection
7880 \begin_inset Index idx
7883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7893 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7894 We have several examples of nested environments.
7895 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7900 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7903 \begin_layout Labeling
7904 \labelwidthstring MMM
7905 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7914 \begin_layout Labeling
7915 \labelwidthstring MMM
7916 #2-a This is level #2.
7917 We created it by using
7920 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7926 arg "depth-increment"
7933 \begin_layout Labeling
7934 \labelwidthstring MMM
7935 #3-a This is level #3.
7936 This time, we just hit
7943 arg "depth-increment"
7947 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7957 arg "depth-increment"
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7969 environment, nested inside of
7970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7978 So, it's at level #4.
7979 We did this by hitting
7982 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7988 arg "depth-increment"
7991 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7996 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8012 \begin_layout Standard
8017 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8020 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8026 \begin_layout Labeling
8027 \labelwidthstring MMM
8028 #4-a This is level #4.
8032 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8035 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8040 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8044 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8049 keep nesting things inside
8050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8061 \begin_layout Labeling
8062 \labelwidthstring MMM
8063 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8068 \begin_layout Labeling
8069 \labelwidthstring MMM
8070 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8071 and this is level #6.
8072 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8076 \begin_layout Labeling
8077 \labelwidthstring MMM
8078 #5-b Back to level #5.
8082 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8088 arg "depth-decrement"
8095 \begin_layout Labeling
8096 \labelwidthstring MMM
8100 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8106 arg "depth-decrement"
8109 , we're back at level #4.
8113 \begin_layout Labeling
8114 \labelwidthstring MMM
8115 #3-b Back to level #3.
8116 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8120 \begin_layout Labeling
8121 \labelwidthstring MMM
8122 #2-b Back to level #2.
8127 \begin_layout Labeling
8128 \labelwidthstring MMM
8129 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8130 After this sentence, we'll hit
8134 and change the paragraph environment back to
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8142 We could have also used the
8158 environment in place of the
8163 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8166 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8167 Example 2: Inheritance
8170 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8171 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8174 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8183 arg "depth-increment"
8186 , after which, we'll change to the
8194 \begin_layout Enumerate
8199 environment, at level #2.
8202 \begin_layout Enumerate
8203 Notice how the nested
8207 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8211 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8215 \begin_layout Standard
8216 We ended this example by hitting
8221 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8225 and reset the nesting depth by using
8228 arg "depth-decrement"
8234 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8235 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8244 \begin_inset Argument
8247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8248 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8256 \begin_layout Enumerate
8257 This is level #1, in an
8261 paragraph environment.
8262 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8266 \begin_layout Enumerate
8271 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8277 arg "depth-increment"
8281 Now, what happens if we nest an
8285 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8286 label be? An asterisk?
8290 \begin_layout Itemize
8300 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8301 So, its label is a bullet.
8302 (We got here by using
8305 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8311 arg "depth-increment"
8314 , then changing the environment to
8322 \begin_layout Itemize
8323 Here's level #4, produced using
8326 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8332 arg "depth-increment"
8336 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8342 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8344 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8349 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8353 , because we are in the
8362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8381 \begin_layout Enumerate
8386 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8387 type of numbering does LyX use?
8390 \begin_layout Enumerate
8391 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8394 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8397 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8400 \begin_layout Enumerate
8404 arg "depth-decrement"
8407 to decrease the depth after the next
8410 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8417 \begin_layout Enumerate
8419 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8423 \begin_layout Enumerate
8425 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8426 numeral as the label.Why?
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8430 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8439 Notice, however, that LyX
8443 reset the counter for the label.
8447 \begin_layout Enumerate
8451 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8457 arg "depth-decrement"
8460 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8461 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8462 into the twofold-nested
8470 \begin_layout Enumerate
8471 The same thing happens if we do another
8474 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8480 arg "depth-decrement"
8483 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8492 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8506 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8512 The same rule applies for the
8516 environment, as well.
8519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8520 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8523 \begin_layout Enumerate
8524 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8525 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8526 same detail with how we did it.
8535 \begin_layout Standard
8543 arg "depth-increment"
8550 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8551 example in parentheses someplace.
8552 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8553 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8554 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8558 \begin_layout Enumerate
8563 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8568 Now we'll add verse.
8569 \begin_inset Newline newline
8572 It will get much worse.
8573 \begin_inset Newline newline
8583 arg "depth-increment"
8594 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8595 \begin_inset Newline newline
8598 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8599 \begin_inset Newline newline
8605 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8618 \begin_layout Standard
8619 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8627 \begin_inset Tabular
8628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8629 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8720 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8730 arg "depth-increment"
8736 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8746 arg "depth-decrement"
8753 \begin_layout Enumerate
8758 : level #1) This is another item.
8759 Note that selecting a
8763 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8764 3 times to put the table inside the
8772 \begin_layout Quotation
8773 We're now ending the
8777 list and changing to
8782 We're still at level #1.
8783 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8784 The next set of paragraphs is a
8785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8799 \begin_inset space ~
8804 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8808 for the letter body.
8812 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8815 to preserve the depth.
8816 Remember that you need to use
8819 arg "newline-insert newline"
8822 to create multiple lines inside the
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8839 \begin_layout Right Address
8841 \begin_inset Newline newline
8844 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8845 \begin_inset Newline newline
8851 \begin_layout Address
8853 \begin_inset space ~
8859 \begin_layout Quotation
8860 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8864 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8865 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8866 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8867 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8868 as soon as possible.
8869 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8872 \begin_layout Quotation
8873 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8874 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8875 with your order, along with payment.
8878 \begin_layout Quotation
8879 We thank you again for your patience.
8882 \begin_layout Address
8884 \begin_inset Newline newline
8891 \begin_layout Quotation
8892 That ends that example!
8895 \begin_layout Standard
8896 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8897 just a few keystrokes.
8898 We could have easily nested an
8919 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8922 \begin_layout Section
8923 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8924 \begin_inset Index idx
8927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8936 \begin_layout Standard
8937 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8938 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8939 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8940 be broken at the end of a line.
8941 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8945 \begin_layout Subsection
8947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8949 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8954 \begin_inset Index idx
8957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8967 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8969 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8973 Further documentation is given in section
8974 \begin_inset Newline newline
8978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8980 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8988 \begin_layout Standard
8989 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9004 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9013 A protected space is set with
9015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9016 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9020 \begin_inset space ~
9030 arg "space-insert protected"
9036 \begin_layout Subsection
9038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9040 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9045 \begin_inset Index idx
9048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9049 Spacing ! Horizontal
9057 \begin_layout Standard
9058 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9061 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9065 The length units are listed in Appendix
9066 \begin_inset space ~
9070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9072 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9083 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9088 \begin_inset Index idx
9091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9100 \begin_layout Standard
9102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9106 \begin_inset space \space{}
9109 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9110 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9111 \begin_inset space ~
9115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9117 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9122 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9123 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9126 arg "space-insert normal"
9132 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9136 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9141 \begin_inset Index idx
9144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9162 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9171 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9172 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9173 inside abbreviations:
9178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9182 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 or between values and units.
9187 Compare for example this:
9188 \begin_inset Newline newline
9192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9196 \begin_inset Newline newline
9202 \begin_layout Standard
9203 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9206 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9208 \begin_inset space ~
9216 arg "space-insert thin"
9222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9226 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9233 \begin_layout Standard
9234 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9237 \begin_layout Description
9239 \begin_inset space ~
9243 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9251 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9255 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9258 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9261 \begin_layout Description
9263 \begin_inset space ~
9267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9271 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9275 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9279 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9286 em) space between the arrows.
9289 \begin_layout Description
9291 \begin_inset space ~
9295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9299 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9303 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9307 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9311 \begin_inset space ~
9315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9318 em) space between the arrows.
9321 \begin_layout Description
9323 \begin_inset space ~
9327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9331 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9335 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9339 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9343 \begin_inset space ~
9347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9350 em) space between the arrows.
9353 \begin_layout Description
9355 \begin_inset space ~
9359 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9363 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9368 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9375 cm space between the arrows.
9378 \begin_layout Standard
9380 \begin_inset space ~
9384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9386 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9390 lists the different space sizes.
9393 \begin_layout Standard
9394 \begin_inset Float table
9399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9401 \begin_inset Caption
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9406 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9410 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9420 \begin_inset Tabular
9421 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9422 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9641 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9647 \begin_inset Index idx
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9659 \begin_layout Standard
9660 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9661 in a uniform fashion.
9662 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9663 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9664 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9665 equally between themselves.
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9670 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9675 This is on the left side
9676 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9679 This is on the right
9685 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9698 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9702 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9706 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9713 That was an example in the
9719 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9723 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9727 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9730 is one in a standard paragraph.
9731 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9735 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9738 \begin_layout Standard
9739 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9742 \begin_inset space ~
9747 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9750 \begin_layout Standard
9752 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9756 \begin_inset space ~
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9764 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9768 \begin_inset space ~
9774 \begin_layout Standard
9776 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9780 \begin_inset space ~
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9788 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9792 \begin_inset space ~
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9800 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9804 \begin_inset space ~
9810 \begin_layout Standard
9812 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9816 \begin_inset space ~
9822 \begin_layout Standard
9823 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9831 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9835 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9836 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9837 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9841 option in the space dialog.
9849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9851 \begin_inset Index idx
9854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9864 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9870 \begin_inset space \space{}
9873 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9876 \begin_layout Standard
9877 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9880 What is correct English?:
9881 \begin_inset Newline newline
9885 \begin_inset Newline newline
9889 \begin_inset space ~
9892 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9893 \begin_inset Newline newline
9897 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9908 \begin_inset Newline newline
9912 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9923 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9930 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9935 \begin_inset space ~
9939 \begin_inset space ~
9943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9947 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
9949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9950 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9954 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
9956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9960 \begin_inset space ~
9964 \begin_inset space ~
9968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9971 into the phantom inset (note the space after
9972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9980 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
9981 That is why it is named
9982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9990 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
9991 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
9995 \begin_layout Subsection
9997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9999 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10004 \begin_inset Index idx
10007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10017 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10020 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10022 \begin_inset space ~
10028 There you find the following sizes:
10031 \begin_layout Standard
10044 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10049 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10055 \begin_inset Index idx
10058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 Document ! Settings
10064 for the paragraph separation.
10065 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10076 \begin_layout Standard
10082 \begin_inset Index idx
10085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10091 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10092 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10094 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10095 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10104 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10113 s are described in section
10114 \begin_inset space ~
10118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10120 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10129 If there are several
10133 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10134 You can therefore use
10138 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10141 \begin_layout Standard
10146 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10147 \begin_inset space ~
10151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10153 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10160 \begin_layout Standard
10161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10171 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10172 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10184 \begin_layout Subsection
10185 Paragraph Alignment
10188 \begin_layout Standard
10189 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10191 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10195 There are five possibilities:
10198 \begin_layout Itemize
10206 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10212 \begin_layout Itemize
10220 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10226 \begin_layout Itemize
10234 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10240 \begin_layout Itemize
10248 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10254 \begin_layout Itemize
10262 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10268 \begin_layout Standard
10269 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10270 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10271 the left and right margins.
10272 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10277 This paragraph is right aligned,
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10282 this one is centered,
10285 \begin_layout Standard
10287 this one is left aligned.
10290 \begin_layout Subsection
10292 \begin_inset Index idx
10295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10296 Page breaks ! Forced
10302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10304 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10312 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10313 can force a page break where you want one.
10314 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10315 Only if you use a lot of
10319 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10323 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10324 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10328 have to change the page breaking.
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10332 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10334 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10337 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10339 \begin_inset space ~
10345 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10348 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10350 \begin_inset space ~
10355 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10357 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10358 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10361 \begin_layout Standard
10362 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10363 at the top of a page.
10364 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10365 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10366 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10367 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10371 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10375 to learn more about
10382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10386 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10391 \begin_inset Index idx
10394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10395 Page breaks ! Clear
10403 \begin_layout Standard
10404 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10405 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10406 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10407 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10408 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10411 \begin_layout Standard
10412 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10417 \begin_inset space ~
10423 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10426 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10428 \begin_inset space ~
10432 \begin_inset space ~
10437 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10438 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10441 \begin_layout Subsection
10443 \begin_inset Index idx
10446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10455 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10462 \begin_layout Standard
10463 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10465 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10468 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10470 \begin_inset space ~
10474 \begin_inset space ~
10482 arg "newline-insert newline"
10486 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10489 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10491 \begin_inset space ~
10495 \begin_inset space ~
10500 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10502 This is necessary to avoid
10503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10510 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10513 \begin_layout Standard
10514 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10515 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10516 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10517 set a line break, e.
10518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10522 \begin_inset space \space{}
10525 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10532 reference "sec:Quote"
10537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10539 reference "sec:Verse"
10544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10546 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10553 \begin_layout Subsection
10555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10557 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10562 \begin_inset Index idx
10565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10574 \begin_layout Standard
10576 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10587 \begin_layout Standard
10590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10591 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10593 \begin_inset space ~
10598 you can insert horizontal lines.
10599 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10600 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10603 \begin_layout Standard
10605 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10620 \begin_layout Section
10621 Characters and Symbols
10624 \begin_layout Standard
10625 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10626 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10631 \begin_inset space \space{}
10634 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10642 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10646 for information on how this is done.
10649 \begin_layout Standard
10650 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10655 dialog via the menu
10657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10658 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10665 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10673 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10674 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10675 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10683 \begin_layout Section
10684 Fonts and Text Styles
10685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10687 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10694 \begin_layout Subsection
10696 \begin_inset Index idx
10699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10708 \begin_layout Standard
10709 There are two types of fonts:
10712 \begin_layout Description
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_inset Index idx
10721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10732 characters) in the font.
10733 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10734 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10735 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10736 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10737 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10738 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10739 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10740 \begin_inset Newline newline
10743 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10744 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10745 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10746 sizes than at small ones.
10747 \begin_inset Newline newline
10761 \begin_inset space ~
10769 \begin_layout Description
10771 \begin_inset space ~
10775 \begin_inset Index idx
10778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10784 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10785 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10786 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10787 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10788 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10789 picture manipulation program.
10790 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10791 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10792 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10793 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10794 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10796 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10797 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10798 \begin_inset Newline newline
10801 Bitmap fonts are named
10804 \begin_inset space ~
10809 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10812 \begin_layout Standard
10813 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10814 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10815 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10816 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10817 use scalable fonts.
10820 \begin_layout Standard
10821 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10822 its document properties.
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10827 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10828 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10829 font to emphasize text, you use an
10830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10838 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10839 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10843 \begin_layout Subsection
10845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10847 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10854 \begin_layout Standard
10855 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10856 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10857 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10859 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10860 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10861 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10862 to usual word processors.
10863 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10864 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10865 across different machines.
10866 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10867 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10869 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10871 \begin_inset space ~
10875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10877 reference "sub:Document-Font"
10882 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
10883 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
10887 \begin_layout Standard
10888 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
10889 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
10890 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
10891 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
10892 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
10893 that is installed on your system.
10894 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
10897 \begin_layout Standard
10898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10906 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
10907 es; so you might have to experiment.
10915 \begin_layout Standard
10916 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10924 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
10925 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
10933 \begin_layout Subsection
10934 Document Font and Font size
10935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10937 name "sub:Document-Font"
10942 \begin_inset Index idx
10945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10952 \begin_inset Index idx
10955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10964 \begin_layout Standard
10965 You can set the document fonts in the
10967 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10971 \begin_inset Index idx
10974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10975 Document ! Settings
10985 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
10986 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
10989 \begin_inset space ~
10998 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
10999 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11019 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11020 This requires that you use
11026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11065 as output format, i.
11066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11070 \begin_inset space ~
11073 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11085 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11087 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11089 \begin_inset space ~
11092 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11093 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11094 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11096 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11100 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11105 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11110 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11111 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11133 European Computer Modern
11136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11143 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11146 \begin_layout Standard
11155 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11156 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11161 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11164 \begin_inset space ~
11169 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11175 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11176 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11179 \begin_layout Itemize
11188 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11202 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11206 as the default font.
11207 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11208 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11221 One difference is improved kerning for the
11233 \begin_layout Itemize
11242 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11246 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11261 Virtual means that it
11262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11273 -glyphs from other fonts.
11274 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11296 Loading the LaTeX-package
11301 \begin_inset Index idx
11304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11305 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11310 with the document preamble line
11311 \begin_inset Newline newline
11318 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11319 \begin_inset Newline newline
11324 will fix the guillemet problem.
11329 and that accented characters are not
11333 glyph, but build of
11337 characters, the accent and the letter.
11338 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11344 If you search for example for the French word
11345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11352 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11361 and not for the glyph
11362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11366 \begin_inset space ~
11370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11376 \begin_layout Itemize
11377 If you do not like the look of
11385 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11390 \begin_inset space ~
11404 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11405 \begin_inset space ~
11408 serif and typewriter fonts
11412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11413 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11425 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11438 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11452 , but you can also select your own.
11453 \begin_inset Newline newline
11456 The differences between roman,
11459 \begin_inset space ~
11468 fonts are explained in section
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11475 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11480 \begin_inset Newline newline
11487 was originally designed for newspapers.
11488 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11489 into the small newspaper columns.
11494 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11495 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11498 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11511 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11516 depends on the class you are using.
11517 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11520 \begin_layout Standard
11521 Note that the font size is the
11526 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11527 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11528 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11531 \begin_inset space ~
11537 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11538 \begin_inset space ~
11542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11544 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11551 \begin_layout Standard
11556 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11558 \begin_inset space ~
11561 serif or typewriter.
11566 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11576 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11579 \begin_layout Standard
11588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11597 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11603 \begin_inset space ~
11607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11609 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11614 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11615 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11622 \begin_layout Standard
11623 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11625 Use Old Style Figures
11629 Use True Small Caps
11632 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11635 Use Old Style Figures
11637 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11643 \begin_inset space ~
11646 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11649 Use True Small Caps
11651 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11652 of scaled capitals.
11653 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11654 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11657 \begin_layout Standard
11662 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11663 a font to display the script characters.
11667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11668 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11673 So this has no effect for the document language
11689 \begin_layout Standard
11690 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11702 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11706 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11707 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11708 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11710 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11713 dialog, see section
11714 \begin_inset space ~
11718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11720 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11732 \begin_layout Subsection
11733 Using Different Character Styles
11734 \begin_inset Index idx
11737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11744 \begin_inset Index idx
11747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11756 \begin_layout Standard
11757 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11758 certain paragraph environments.
11759 LyX supports two character styles,
11768 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11772 \begin_layout Standard
11777 style, do one of the following:
11780 \begin_layout Itemize
11781 click on the toolbar button
11782 \begin_inset Graphics
11783 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11790 \begin_layout Itemize
11791 use the key binding
11800 \begin_layout Standard
11801 These commands are all toggles.
11806 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11809 \begin_layout Standard
11810 One typically uses the
11814 style for proper names.
11816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11823 is the original author of LyX.
11824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11830 \begin_layout Standard
11831 A more widely used character style is the
11836 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11843 \begin_layout Itemize
11844 clicking on the toolbar button
11845 \begin_inset Graphics
11846 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11853 \begin_layout Itemize
11854 using the keybindings
11863 \begin_layout Standard
11868 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11869 es use a different font.
11872 \begin_layout Standard
11873 We've been using the
11877 style all over the place in this document.
11878 Here's one more example:
11881 \begin_layout Quotation
11884 Don't overuse character styles!
11887 \begin_layout Standard
11888 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11889 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11890 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11891 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11895 \begin_layout Standard
11896 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11904 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11906 \begin_inset space ~
11914 \begin_layout Subsection
11915 Fine-Tuning with the
11920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11922 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11927 \begin_inset Index idx
11930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11939 \begin_layout Standard
11940 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11941 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11942 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11943 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11944 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11945 from ordinary dialog.
11948 \begin_layout Standard
11949 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11950 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11951 \begin_inset Newline newline
11954 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11955 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11959 To use custom character styles, open the
11961 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11963 \begin_inset space ~
11969 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11970 font property which you can choose.
11971 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11974 \begin_inset space ~
11979 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11984 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11985 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11986 environments in a snap.
11989 \begin_layout Standard
11990 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11993 \begin_inset space ~
12005 \begin_layout Labeling
12006 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12020 The possible options are:
12024 \begin_layout Labeling
12025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12030 This is the Roman font family.
12031 Normally a serif font.
12032 It's also the default family.
12042 \begin_layout Labeling
12043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12047 \begin_inset space ~
12054 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12066 \begin_layout Labeling
12067 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12074 This is the Typewriter font family.
12080 arg "font-typewriter"
12089 \begin_layout Labeling
12090 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12095 This corresponds to the print weight.
12100 \begin_layout Labeling
12101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12106 This is the Medium font series.
12107 It's also the default series.
12110 \begin_layout Labeling
12111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12118 This is the Bold font series.
12131 \begin_layout Labeling
12132 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12137 As the name implies.
12142 \begin_layout Labeling
12143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12148 This is the Upright font shape.
12149 It's also the default shape.
12152 \begin_layout Labeling
12153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12167 s the Italic font shape
12173 \begin_layout Labeling
12174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12181 This is the Slanted font shape
12183 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12186 \begin_layout Labeling
12187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12191 \begin_inset space ~
12198 This is the Small caps font shape
12205 \begin_layout Labeling
12206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12211 Alters the size of the font.
12212 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12213 nal to the document font size.
12214 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12215 what you want to do.
12220 \begin_layout Labeling
12221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12242 arg "font-size tiny"
12248 \begin_layout Labeling
12249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12270 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12276 \begin_layout Labeling
12277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12298 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12304 \begin_layout Labeling
12305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12326 arg "font-size small"
12332 \begin_layout Labeling
12333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12347 It's also the default size.
12351 arg "font-size normal"
12357 \begin_layout Labeling
12358 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12379 arg "font-size large"
12385 \begin_layout Labeling
12386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12407 arg "font-size larger"
12413 \begin_layout Labeling
12414 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12435 arg "font-size largest"
12441 \begin_layout Labeling
12442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12463 arg "font-size huge"
12469 \begin_layout Labeling
12470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12491 arg "font-size giant"
12498 \begin_layout Standard
12503 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12504 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12505 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12506 — use that instead.
12507 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12510 \begin_layout Labeling
12511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12516 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12521 \begin_layout Labeling
12522 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12529 This is text with emphasize on
12532 This might seem like the same as
12536 , but it is actually a bit different.
12542 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12544 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12547 \begin_layout Labeling
12548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12555 This is text with Underbar on.
12561 arg "font-underline"
12567 \begin_inset Newline newline
12572 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12573 when you couldn't change fonts.
12574 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12575 It's only included in LyX because some people
12579 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12582 \begin_layout Labeling
12583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12590 This is text with Noun on.
12597 , this is a logical attribute.
12598 Normally it's equivalent to
12601 \begin_inset space ~
12610 \begin_layout Labeling
12611 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12616 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12617 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12621 \begin_inset space ~
12626 , which is the default
12627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12634 and means normally black, you can choose between
12667 \begin_inset Index idx
12670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12679 \begin_layout Labeling
12680 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12685 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12686 the language of the document.
12687 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12692 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12693 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12695 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12697 \begin_inset space ~
12702 dialog, the settings are saved.
12703 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12704 \begin_inset Graphics
12705 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12710 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12711 when the dialog isn't visible.
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12716 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12723 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12724 (suppose you just set the shape to
12725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12743 \begin_inset space ~
12755 \begin_layout Standard
12756 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12764 \begin_inset space ~
12776 \begin_layout Itemize
12782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12789 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12807 \begin_inset Newline newline
12811 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12825 \begin_inset Note Note
12828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12829 For more on phantoms see section
12830 \begin_inset space ~
12834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12836 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12846 \begin_inset Newline newline
12852 \begin_layout Itemize
12857 fonts use characters with serifs.
12858 These are the small
12859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12866 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12867 The following example will show the difference:
12868 \begin_inset Newline newline
12872 \begin_inset Newline newline
12877 text without serifs
12880 \begin_inset Newline newline
12883 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12884 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12891 \begin_layout Itemize
12897 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12898 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12901 \begin_layout Standard
12902 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12903 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12906 \begin_layout Section
12907 Printing and Previewing
12910 \begin_layout Subsection
12914 \begin_layout Standard
12915 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12916 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12917 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12918 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12919 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12921 Additional Features
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12927 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12928 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12929 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12930 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12931 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12932 This happens in two stages:
12935 \begin_layout Enumerate
12936 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12937 generating a file with the extension,
12938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12952 \begin_layout Enumerate
12953 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12957 file to produce printable output.
12961 \begin_layout Subsection
12962 Output file formats
12963 \begin_inset Index idx
12966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12975 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12983 Simple text (ASCII)
12984 \begin_inset Index idx
12987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12988 File formats ! ASCII
12996 \begin_layout Standard
12997 This file type has the extension
12998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13010 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13014 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13021 \begin_layout Standard
13022 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13024 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13025 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13027 \begin_inset space ~
13034 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13035 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13037 \begin_inset space ~
13041 \begin_inset space ~
13047 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13051 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13053 \begin_inset Index idx
13056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13057 File formats ! LaTeX
13065 \begin_layout Standard
13066 This file type has the extension
13067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13078 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13080 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13081 it manually with console commands.
13082 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13083 you view or export your document.
13086 \begin_layout Standard
13087 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13089 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13090 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13109 \begin_inset Index idx
13112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 This file type has the extension
13123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13143 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13144 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13145 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13149 \begin_layout Standard
13150 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13151 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13152 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13153 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13155 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13158 \begin_layout Standard
13159 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13161 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13162 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13167 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13168 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13170 \begin_inset space ~
13177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13187 The latter option uses the program
13196 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13197 font access (see section
13198 \begin_inset space ~
13202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13204 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13209 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13213 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13215 \begin_inset Index idx
13218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13219 File formats ! PostScript
13227 \begin_layout Standard
13228 This file type has the extension
13229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13241 PostScript was developed by the company
13245 as a printer language.
13246 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13248 PostScript can be seen as a
13249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13252 programming language
13253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13256 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13261 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13267 \begin_inset Index idx
13270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13271 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13281 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13289 Encapsulated PostScript
13290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13293 (EPS, file extension
13294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13306 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13307 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13312 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13316 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13317 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13318 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13319 EPS to avoid this problem.
13322 \begin_layout Standard
13323 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13325 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13326 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13332 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13334 \begin_inset Index idx
13337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13344 \begin_inset Index idx
13347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13356 \begin_layout Standard
13357 This file type has the extension
13358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13374 Portable Document Format
13375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13382 was derived from PostScript.
13383 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13392 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13393 looks exactly the same.
13396 \begin_layout Standard
13397 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13401 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13405 (JPG, file extension
13406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13433 Portable Network Graphics
13434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13437 (PNG, file extension
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13450 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13451 in the background to one of these formats.
13452 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13453 will slow down your workflow.
13454 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13457 \begin_layout Standard
13458 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13460 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13463 in three different ways:
13466 \begin_layout Description
13467 PDF This uses the program
13471 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13472 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13476 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13477 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13480 \begin_layout Description
13482 \begin_inset space ~
13485 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13489 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13493 \begin_layout Description
13495 \begin_inset space ~
13498 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13502 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13505 \begin_layout Description
13507 \begin_inset space ~
13514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13521 X) This uses the program
13525 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13530 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13531 font access (see section
13532 \begin_inset space ~
13536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13538 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13543 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13546 \begin_layout Description
13548 \begin_inset space ~
13555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13562 X) This uses the program
13566 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13571 is an even newer engine, derived from
13575 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13576 access (see section
13577 \begin_inset space ~
13581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13583 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13588 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13592 \begin_layout Standard
13593 We recommend to use
13596 \begin_inset space ~
13605 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13606 works without problems.
13607 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13608 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13612 \begin_inset space ~
13619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13631 \begin_inset space ~
13638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13647 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13655 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13657 \begin_inset Index idx
13660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13661 FileFormats ! XHTML
13667 \begin_inset Index idx
13670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13679 \begin_layout Standard
13680 This file type has the extension
13681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13693 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13694 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13695 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13696 suitable for the purpose.
13697 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13698 it, but not all do.
13701 \begin_layout Standard
13702 XHTML output remains
13703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13710 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13715 LyX and the World Wide Web
13716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13721 Additional Features
13723 manual, for more information.
13726 \begin_layout Standard
13727 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13729 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13730 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13736 \begin_layout Subsection
13738 \begin_inset Index idx
13741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13750 \begin_layout Standard
13751 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13752 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13756 and choose a file type.
13757 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13760 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13763 you can use the toolbar button
13764 \begin_inset Graphics
13765 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13772 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13777 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13779 \begin_inset space ~
13785 \begin_inset Graphics
13786 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13792 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13796 \begin_inset Graphics
13797 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13804 arg "buffer-view ps"
13810 \begin_layout Standard
13811 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13812 viewer window using the menu
13814 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13820 \begin_layout Standard
13821 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13823 To have a real output, export your document.
13826 \begin_layout Subsection
13827 Printing the File from within LyX
13828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13830 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13837 \begin_layout Standard
13838 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13839 it directly from within LyX.
13840 To print a file, select the menu
13842 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13845 or click on the toolbar button
13846 \begin_inset Graphics
13847 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13852 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13853 This file is then processed by the program
13857 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13862 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13865 \begin_layout Standard
13866 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13867 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13868 printing one set to print on the other side.
13869 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13870 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13871 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 You can set the parameters in the
13878 \begin_inset space ~
13886 \begin_layout Labeling
13887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13892 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13897 Note that this printer name is for the program
13906 has to be configured for this printer name.
13907 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13908 \begin_inset space ~
13912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13914 reference "sub:Printer"
13923 The printer should understand PostScript.
13926 \begin_layout Labeling
13927 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13932 The name of a file to print to.
13933 The output will be a PostScript file.
13934 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13938 \begin_layout Section
13939 A few Words about Typography
13940 \begin_inset Index idx
13943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13952 \begin_layout Subsection
13954 \begin_inset Index idx
13957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13966 \begin_layout Standard
13968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13979 character comes in four lengths: the
13991 , and the minus sign:
13992 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13998 \begin_layout Standard
13999 \begin_inset Tabular
14000 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14001 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14002 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14003 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14004 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14005 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14034 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14074 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14101 \begin_inset space ~
14104 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14111 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14136 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14138 \begin_inset space ~
14141 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14162 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14196 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14202 \begin_layout Standard
14203 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14215 character multiple times in a row.
14216 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14217 the final output, but not in LyX.
14219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14249 \begin_layout Standard
14250 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14251 math mode and has a length of its own.
14252 Here are some examples of the
14253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14267 \begin_layout Enumerate
14268 line- and page-breaks
14269 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14279 \begin_layout Enumerate
14281 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14291 \begin_layout Enumerate
14292 Oh — there's a dash.
14293 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14303 \begin_layout Enumerate
14304 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14308 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14318 \begin_layout Subsection
14320 \begin_inset Index idx
14323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14332 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14339 \begin_layout Standard
14340 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14341 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14346 \begin_inset Index idx
14349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14350 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14355 following the rules of the document language
14359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14360 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14368 \begin_inset space ~
14372 \begin_inset space ~
14379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14390 \begin_layout Standard
14391 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14396 font and with unusual constructs, like
14397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14405 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14406 This is done with the menu
14408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14409 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14411 \begin_inset space ~
14417 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14418 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14421 \begin_layout Standard
14422 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14423 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14433 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14441 as a hyphenation possibility.
14442 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14443 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14444 as described in section
14445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14448 Prevent Hyphenation
14449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14459 \begin_layout Subsection
14461 \begin_inset Index idx
14464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14474 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14477 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14484 \begin_layout Standard
14485 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14486 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14487 LaTeX then adds the
14488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14491 appropriate amount of space
14492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14496 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14498 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14501 \begin_layout Standard
14502 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14503 not work in all cases.
14505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14516 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14517 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14520 \begin_layout Standard
14521 Here are some examples of
14525 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14528 \begin_layout Itemize
14533 \begin_layout Itemize
14538 \begin_layout Standard
14539 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14542 \begin_layout Itemize
14544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14548 this is too much space!
14551 \begin_layout Itemize
14556 \begin_layout Standard
14557 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14560 \begin_layout Standard
14561 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14564 \begin_layout Enumerate
14568 \begin_inset space ~
14573 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14574 \begin_inset space ~
14578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14580 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14585 \begin_inset Index idx
14588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14589 Spaces ! inter-word
14597 \begin_layout Enumerate
14601 \begin_inset space ~
14606 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14607 \begin_inset space ~
14611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14613 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14618 \begin_inset Index idx
14621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14630 \begin_layout Enumerate
14634 \begin_inset space ~
14638 \begin_inset space ~
14642 \begin_inset space ~
14649 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14651 \begin_inset space ~
14656 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14657 This function is also bound to
14660 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14667 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14670 \begin_layout Itemize
14672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14676 \begin_inset space \space{}
14679 this is too much space!
14682 \begin_layout Itemize
14683 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14687 \begin_layout Standard
14688 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14689 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14690 will take care of this.
14693 \begin_layout Standard
14694 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14698 \begin_inset space ~
14703 feature described in section
14709 Additional Features
14714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14716 \begin_inset Index idx
14719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14720 Typography ! Quotes
14726 \begin_inset Index idx
14729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14760 \begin_layout Standard
14761 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14762 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14763 and use a closing quote at the end.
14765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14773 The keyboard character,
14777 , generates this automatically.
14780 \begin_layout Standard
14781 You can change the behavior of the
14785 key using the submenu
14791 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14795 \begin_inset Index idx
14798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14799 Document ! Settings
14807 \begin_layout Standard
14808 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14813 There are six choices:
14816 \begin_layout Labeling
14817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14829 Use quotes like this
14830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14838 \begin_inset Quotes els
14842 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14848 \begin_layout Labeling
14849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14852 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14856 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14862 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14866 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14870 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14876 \begin_layout Labeling
14877 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14880 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14884 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14890 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14894 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14898 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14902 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14908 \begin_layout Labeling
14909 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14912 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14916 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14922 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14926 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14930 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14934 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14940 \begin_layout Labeling
14941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14944 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14948 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14954 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14958 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14962 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14966 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14972 \begin_layout Labeling
14973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14976 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14980 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14986 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14990 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14994 \begin_inset Quotes als
14998 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15004 \begin_layout Standard
15005 These settings affect what character the
15012 \begin_layout Subsection
15014 \begin_inset Index idx
15017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15018 Typography ! Ligatures
15024 \begin_inset Index idx
15027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15058 name "sub:Ligatures"
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15066 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15067 print them as single characters.
15068 These groups are known as
15073 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15075 Here are the standard ligatures:
15078 \begin_layout Itemize
15082 \begin_layout Itemize
15086 \begin_layout Itemize
15090 \begin_layout Itemize
15094 \begin_layout Itemize
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15099 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15102 \begin_layout Standard
15103 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15104 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15112 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15128 To break a ligature, use
15130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15131 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15133 \begin_inset space ~
15140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15151 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15168 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15176 \begin_layout Subsection
15178 \begin_inset Index idx
15181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15190 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15197 \begin_layout Standard
15198 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15199 characters in different sizes and heights.
15200 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15201 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15221 \begin_inset Note Note
15224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15225 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15233 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15234 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15239 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15243 \begin_layout Description
15244 LyX The name of the game, write
15245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15266 \begin_layout Description
15267 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15289 \begin_layout Description
15290 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15312 \begin_layout Description
15313 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15335 \begin_layout Standard
15336 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15341 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15349 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15350 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15351 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15354 : The actual version is
15355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15362 , the previous one was
15363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15374 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15379 \begin_inset space \space{}
15382 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15384 This will look in LyX like:
15385 \begin_inset Graphics
15386 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15392 \begin_inset Newline newline
15395 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15396 \begin_inset space ~
15400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15402 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15409 \begin_layout Subsection
15411 \begin_inset Index idx
15414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15423 \begin_layout Standard
15424 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15425 space between two words.
15426 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15436 for units use the menu
15438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15439 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15441 \begin_inset space ~
15449 arg "space-insert thin"
15455 \begin_layout Standard
15456 Here's an example to show the differences:
15459 \begin_layout Standard
15460 \begin_inset Tabular
15461 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15462 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15463 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15464 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15471 \begin_inset space ~
15475 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15487 space between number and unit
15494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15503 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15515 half space between number and unit
15528 \begin_layout Subsection
15530 \begin_inset Index idx
15533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15534 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15542 \begin_layout Standard
15543 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15545 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15546 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15547 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15548 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15549 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15550 These bits of text became known as
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15562 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15563 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15564 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15565 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15566 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15567 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15568 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15571 \begin_layout Standard
15572 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15573 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15574 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15575 \begin_inset space ~
15579 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15581 key "latexcompanion"
15586 \begin_inset space ~
15590 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15596 ] may have more information.
15597 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15600 \begin_layout Chapter
15601 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15604 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15612 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15617 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15620 \begin_layout Section
15622 \begin_inset Index idx
15625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15641 \begin_layout Standard
15642 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15645 \begin_layout Description
15647 \begin_inset space ~
15650 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15651 \begin_inset Newline newline
15655 \begin_inset Note Note
15658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15659 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15667 \begin_layout Description
15668 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15669 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15671 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15672 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15673 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15676 \begin_inset Newline newline
15680 \begin_inset Note Comment
15683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15684 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15692 \begin_layout Description
15694 \begin_inset space ~
15697 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15698 \begin_inset Newline newline
15702 \begin_inset Newline newline
15706 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15715 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15716 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15717 How this can be done is explained in the
15726 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15732 \begin_inset Newline newline
15736 \begin_inset Newline newline
15739 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15740 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15743 \begin_layout Standard
15744 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15745 \begin_inset Graphics
15746 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15748 scaleBeforeRotation
15754 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15758 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15761 \begin_layout Section
15763 \begin_inset Index idx
15766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15775 name "sec:Footnotes"
15782 \begin_layout Standard
15783 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15789 or the toolbar button
15790 \begin_inset Graphics
15791 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15804 \begin_inset Graphics
15805 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15814 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15843 label, the box will
15847 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15848 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15861 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15877 \begin_layout Standard
15878 Here's an example footnote:
15886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15887 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15895 \begin_layout Standard
15896 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15897 position where the footnote box is placed.
15898 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15899 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15900 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15901 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15902 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15907 ey are described in the
15914 \begin_layout Section
15916 \begin_inset Index idx
15919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15928 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15935 \begin_layout Standard
15936 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15937 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15941 \begin_inset space ~
15946 or the toolbar button
15947 \begin_inset Graphics
15948 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15975 appearing within your text.
15976 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15986 At the side is an example marginal note.
15990 \begin_inset Marginal
15993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15994 This is a marginal note.
16002 \begin_layout Standard
16003 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16004 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16005 pages, right on odd pages.
16008 \begin_layout Section
16009 Graphics and Images
16010 \begin_inset Index idx
16013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16020 \begin_inset Index idx
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16032 name "sec:Graphics"
16039 \begin_layout Standard
16040 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16041 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16042 \begin_inset Graphics
16043 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16049 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16053 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16057 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16062 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16063 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16065 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16066 \begin_inset space ~
16070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16072 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16079 \begin_layout Standard
16084 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16085 of the image in the output.
16086 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16090 \begin_inset space ~
16094 \begin_inset space ~
16103 \begin_inset space ~
16107 \begin_inset space ~
16111 \begin_inset space ~
16116 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16117 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16128 LaTeX and LyX options
16130 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16131 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16135 \begin_inset space ~
16140 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16141 with the image size is printed.
16145 \begin_inset space ~
16149 \begin_inset space ~
16153 \begin_inset space ~
16158 is explained in the
16169 \begin_layout Standard
16170 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16171 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16173 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16177 \begin_layout Standard
16179 \begin_inset Graphics
16180 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16182 rotateOrigin center
16189 \begin_layout Standard
16190 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16191 the image into a float, see section
16192 \begin_inset space ~
16196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16198 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16205 \begin_layout Subsection
16207 \begin_inset Index idx
16210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16219 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16226 \begin_layout Standard
16227 You can insert images in any known file format.
16228 But as we explained in section
16229 \begin_inset space ~
16233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16235 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16239 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16240 LyX uses therefore the program
16244 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16245 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16246 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16247 \begin_inset space ~
16251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16253 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16260 \begin_layout Standard
16261 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16264 \begin_layout Description
16266 \begin_inset space ~
16269 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16270 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16271 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16275 Graphics Interchange Format
16276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16279 (GIF, file extension
16280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16292 \begin_inset Index idx
16295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16327 Portable Network Graphics
16328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16331 (PNG, file extension
16332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16344 \begin_inset Index idx
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16379 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16383 (JPG, file extension
16384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16408 \begin_inset Index idx
16411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 \begin_layout Description
16444 \begin_inset space ~
16447 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16449 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16450 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16451 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16452 \begin_inset Newline newline
16455 Scalable image formats can be
16456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16459 Scalable Vector Graphics
16460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16463 (SVG, file extension
16464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16476 \begin_inset Index idx
16479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16511 Encapsulated PostScript
16512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16515 (EPS, file extension
16516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16528 \begin_inset Index idx
16531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16563 Portable Document Format
16564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16567 (PDF, file extension
16568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16580 \begin_inset Index idx
16583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16590 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16591 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16592 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16598 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16606 \begin_layout Standard
16607 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16611 \begin_layout Subsection
16612 Grouping of Image Settings
16613 \begin_inset Index idx
16616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 Images ! Settings grouping
16625 \begin_layout Standard
16626 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16628 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16629 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16631 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16632 need to manually change each of them.
16636 \begin_layout Standard
16637 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16640 \begin_inset space ~
16645 field in the Graphics dialog.
16646 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16647 by checking the name of the desired group.
16650 \begin_layout Section
16652 \begin_inset Index idx
16655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16671 \begin_layout Standard
16672 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16673 \begin_inset Graphics
16674 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16685 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16686 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16687 from the rest of the table.
16688 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16689 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16691 Here's an example table:
16694 \begin_layout Standard
16696 \begin_inset Tabular
16697 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16698 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16699 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 \begin_layout Subsection
16906 \begin_layout Standard
16907 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16908 brings up the table dialog.
16909 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16910 where the cursor is placed currently.
16911 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16912 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16913 done on all of your selection.
16916 \begin_layout Standard
16917 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16920 \begin_inset space ~
16925 helps you in setting table properties.
16926 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16929 \begin_layout Standard
16933 \begin_inset space ~
16938 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16939 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16940 current cell respectively.
16941 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16943 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16944 of text, see section
16945 \begin_inset space ~
16949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16951 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16958 \begin_layout Standard
16959 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
16960 using the check box
16969 This will merge the cells to
16973 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
16974 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16975 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16976 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16977 in the last row without the upper border:
16980 \begin_layout Standard
16982 \begin_inset Tabular
16983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16984 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16986 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17084 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 \begin_layout Standard
17120 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17121 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17122 explained in the tables section of the
17125 \begin_inset space ~
17131 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17135 degrees counterclockwise.
17136 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17139 \begin_layout Standard
17140 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 Most DVI-viewers are
17152 able to display rotations.
17160 \begin_layout Standard
17165 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17170 adds lines for all cell borders.
17173 \begin_layout Subsection
17175 \begin_inset Index idx
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 Tables ! Longtables
17185 \begin_inset Index idx
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17197 \begin_layout Standard
17198 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17201 \begin_inset space ~
17205 \begin_inset space ~
17214 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17215 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17218 \begin_layout Description
17223 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17224 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17225 except for the first page, if
17228 \begin_inset space ~
17236 \begin_layout Description
17240 \begin_inset space ~
17245 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17246 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17249 \begin_layout Description
17254 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17255 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17256 except for the last page, if
17259 \begin_inset space ~
17267 \begin_layout Description
17271 \begin_inset space ~
17276 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17277 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17280 \begin_layout Description
17281 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17282 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17288 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17291 \begin_inset space ~
17299 \begin_layout Standard
17300 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17301 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17302 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17303 The others will then be defined as
17308 In this context, first means first in this order:
17311 \begin_inset space ~
17323 \begin_inset space ~
17329 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17332 \begin_layout Standard
17334 \begin_inset Tabular
17335 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17336 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17337 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17338 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17339 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17340 <row endfirsthead="true">
17341 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17352 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <row endfirsthead="true">
17372 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17383 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17404 <row endhead="true">
17405 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17416 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17425 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17435 <row endhead="true">
17436 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17456 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <row endfoot="true">
17469 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18924 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18986 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19017 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19048 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19079 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19141 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19172 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19203 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19265 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19296 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19327 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19358 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19389 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19420 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19450 <row endlastfoot="true">
19451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19471 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19488 \begin_layout Subsection
19490 \begin_inset Index idx
19493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19502 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19510 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19511 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19512 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19513 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19517 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19518 for the cell's paragraph.
19521 \begin_layout Standard
19522 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19523 for the column in the table dialog.
19524 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19525 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19529 \begin_layout Standard
19531 \begin_inset Tabular
19532 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19533 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19534 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19535 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19536 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19681 This is longer now.
19686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19737 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19738 This is longer now.
19743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19769 \begin_layout Standard
19770 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19771 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19776 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19777 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19783 Selection with the mouse or with
19787 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19788 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19789 the selection from outside the table.
19792 \begin_layout Section
19794 \begin_inset Index idx
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19813 \begin_layout Standard
19814 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19815 have a fixed location.
19817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19824 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19832 \begin_inset space ~
19837 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19838 too many notes on the page.
19841 \begin_layout Standard
19842 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19843 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19844 and pages without text.
19845 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19846 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19847 Floats are therefore numbered.
19848 Referencing is described in section
19849 \begin_inset space ~
19853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19855 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19862 \begin_layout Standard
19863 To insert a float, use the menu
19865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19869 A box with a caption that has e.
19870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19874 \begin_inset space \space{}
19878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19882 \begin_inset space ~
19886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19889 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19890 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19892 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19893 \begin_inset Index idx
19896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19903 paragraph within the float.
19904 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19905 by left-clicking on the box label.
19906 A closed float box looks like this:
19907 \begin_inset Graphics
19908 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19913 – a gray button with a red label.
19916 \begin_layout Standard
19917 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19918 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19921 \begin_layout Subsection
19925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19927 \begin_inset Index idx
19930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19931 Floats ! Figure floats
19937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19939 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19946 \begin_layout Standard
19949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19950 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19953 inserts a float with the label
19954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19960 \begin_inset space ~
19966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19970 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19971 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19972 This is what we did for Figure
19973 \begin_inset space ~
19977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19979 reference "cap:Platypus"
19984 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19985 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19986 This was done in Figure
19987 \begin_inset space ~
19991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19993 reference "cap:Escher"
20000 \begin_layout Standard
20001 \begin_inset Float figure
20006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 \begin_inset Graphics
20009 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20011 rotateOrigin center
20018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 \begin_inset Caption
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20024 name "cap:Platypus"
20028 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20041 \begin_layout Standard
20042 \begin_inset Float figure
20047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20048 \begin_inset Caption
20050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 \begin_inset Graphics
20069 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20071 rotateOrigin center
20083 \begin_layout Standard
20084 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20086 As described in section
20087 \begin_inset space ~
20091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20093 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20097 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20102 and refer to it using the menu
20104 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20108 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20117 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20129 \begin_layout Standard
20130 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20131 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20132 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20133 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20135 \begin_inset space ~
20139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20141 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20145 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20146 You can also set the images one below the other.
20148 \begin_inset space ~
20152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20154 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20161 reference "fig:Platypus"
20165 are the subfigures.
20168 \begin_layout Standard
20169 \begin_inset Float figure
20174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20175 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20179 \begin_inset Float figure
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 \begin_inset Caption
20187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20190 name "fig:Undefinable"
20202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20203 \begin_inset Graphics
20204 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20215 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20219 \begin_inset Float figure
20224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20225 \begin_inset Caption
20227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20230 name "fig:Platypus"
20242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 \begin_inset Graphics
20244 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20256 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20263 \begin_inset Caption
20265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20268 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20272 Two distorted images.
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20286 Note that the caption is added to the
20289 \begin_inset space ~
20293 \begin_inset space ~
20298 as described in section
20299 \begin_inset space ~
20303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20305 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20312 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20314 \begin_inset Index idx
20317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 Floats ! Table floats
20326 \begin_layout Standard
20327 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20330 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20334 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20337 \begin_inset space ~
20341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20343 reference "cap:Table-float"
20347 is an example of a table float.
20350 \begin_layout Standard
20351 \begin_inset Float table
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20357 \begin_inset Caption
20359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20362 name "cap:Table-float"
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20376 \begin_inset Tabular
20377 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20378 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20379 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20380 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20529 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20532 \end{array}\right]$
20540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20553 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20576 \begin_inset Index idx
20579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20580 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20588 \begin_layout Standard
20589 This float type is inserted with the menu
20591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20592 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20596 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20597 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20601 , described in section
20602 \begin_inset space ~
20606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20608 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20615 \begin_layout Standard
20616 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20624 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20630 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20633 \begin_layout Standard
20638 floatname{algorithm}{your
20639 \begin_inset space ~
20645 \begin_layout Standard
20646 to the document preamble (menu
20648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20655 \begin_inset space ~
20661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20675 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20677 \begin_inset Index idx
20680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20681 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20690 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20698 \begin_inset Graphics
20699 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20701 rotateOrigin center
20708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20709 \begin_inset Caption
20711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20714 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20718 This is a wrapped figure.
20719 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20732 This float type is used if you want to
20733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20740 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20742 It can be inserted using the menu
20744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20745 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20747 \begin_inset space ~
20752 if the LaTeX-package
20757 \begin_inset Index idx
20760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20761 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20771 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20774 \begin_inset space ~
20784 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20787 \begin_inset space ~
20791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20793 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20797 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20806 Available units are explained in Appendix
20807 \begin_inset space ~
20811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20813 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20822 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20826 \begin_layout Standard
20827 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20835 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20840 \begin_inset space \space{}
20843 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20844 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20853 \begin_layout Itemize
20854 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20855 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20856 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20857 page breaks will appear.
20860 \begin_layout Itemize
20861 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20862 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20865 \begin_layout Itemize
20866 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20867 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20870 \begin_layout Itemize
20871 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20874 \begin_layout Subsection
20876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20878 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20883 \begin_inset Index idx
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20895 \begin_layout Standard
20896 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20897 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20901 \begin_inset space ~
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20910 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20911 have a multicolumn document).
20912 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20915 \begin_inset space ~
20921 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20922 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20929 \begin_layout Standard
20930 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20931 format is also the same: Table
20932 \begin_inset space ~
20936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20938 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20942 is an example of a rotated table float.
20945 \begin_layout Standard
20946 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20954 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20962 \begin_layout Standard
20963 \begin_inset Float table
20968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20969 \begin_inset Caption
20971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20974 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20988 \begin_inset Tabular
20989 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20990 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21055 \begin_layout Subsection
21057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21059 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21064 \begin_inset Index idx
21067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21076 \begin_layout Standard
21077 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21078 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21079 \begin_inset Newline newline
21085 \begin_inset space ~
21090 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21091 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21092 \begin_inset Newline newline
21098 \begin_inset space ~
21103 is used to rotate floats, see section
21104 \begin_inset space ~
21108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21110 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21117 \begin_layout Standard
21118 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21119 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21122 \begin_inset space ~
21126 \begin_inset space ~
21134 \begin_layout Description
21136 \begin_inset space ~
21140 \begin_inset space ~
21143 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21146 \begin_layout Description
21148 \begin_inset space ~
21152 \begin_inset space ~
21155 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21158 \begin_layout Description
21160 \begin_inset space ~
21164 \begin_inset space ~
21167 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21170 \begin_layout Description
21172 \begin_inset space ~
21176 \begin_inset space ~
21179 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21182 \begin_layout Standard
21183 The order of the above option is
21188 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21192 \begin_inset space ~
21196 \begin_inset space ~
21204 \begin_inset space ~
21208 \begin_inset space ~
21213 , and then the others.
21214 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21216 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21217 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21221 By default, each option has its own rules:
21224 \begin_layout Standard
21228 \begin_inset space ~
21232 \begin_inset space ~
21237 only floats occupying less than 70
21238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21241 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21244 \begin_layout Standard
21248 \begin_inset space ~
21252 \begin_inset space ~
21257 : only floats occupying less than 30
21258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21261 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21264 \begin_layout Standard
21268 \begin_inset space ~
21272 \begin_inset space ~
21277 : only if more than 50
21278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21281 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21286 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21290 \begin_inset space ~
21294 \begin_inset space ~
21302 \begin_layout Standard
21303 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21304 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21305 For this case you can use the option
21308 \begin_inset space ~
21314 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21316 Because the float is then no longer able to
21317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21324 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21327 \begin_layout Standard
21328 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21329 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21332 \begin_layout Standard
21333 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21335 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21337 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21344 \begin_layout Section
21346 \begin_inset Index idx
21349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21358 name "sec:Minipages"
21365 \begin_layout Standard
21366 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21368 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21369 \begin_inset space ~
21376 \begin_layout Standard
21377 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21379 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21383 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21384 and its alignment within the page.
21387 \begin_layout Standard
21389 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21399 height_special "totalheight"
21402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21405 This is a minipage.
21406 The text is set in an italic style.
21409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21412 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21413 another formatting.
21421 \begin_layout Standard
21422 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21425 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21429 as described in section
21430 \begin_inset space ~
21434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21436 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21441 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21448 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21458 height_special "totalheight"
21461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21463 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21469 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21473 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21483 height_special "totalheight"
21486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21487 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21488 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21496 \begin_layout Standard
21497 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21503 \begin_layout Standard
21504 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21505 to other box types.
21506 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21517 \begin_layout Chapter
21518 Mathematical Formulas
21519 \begin_inset Index idx
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21529 \begin_inset Index idx
21532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21563 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21570 \begin_layout Standard
21571 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21576 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21579 \begin_layout Section
21581 \begin_inset Index idx
21584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21593 \begin_layout Standard
21594 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21595 \begin_inset Graphics
21596 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21601 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21603 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21604 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21605 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21607 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21613 \begin_layout Standard
21614 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21618 \begin_inset space ~
21623 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21626 \begin_layout Standard
21627 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21628 line, like this one:
21631 \begin_layout Standard
21632 This is a line with an inline formula
21633 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21639 \begin_layout Standard
21640 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21642 \begin_inset Formula \[
21648 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21651 \begin_layout Standard
21652 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21658 \begin_inset space \space{}
21662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21675 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21676 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21680 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21683 \begin_inset space ~
21691 \begin_layout Subsection
21692 Navigating in Formulas
21693 \begin_inset Index idx
21696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21705 \begin_layout Standard
21706 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21707 achieved with the arrow keys.
21708 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21709 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21714 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21715 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21719 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21723 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21726 \end{array}\right]$
21734 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21739 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21740 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21743 \begin_layout Standard
21748 , printed in this document as
21749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21770 \begin_inset Note Note
21773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21774 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21775 space character (visible space).
21780 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21781 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21782 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21787 For example, if you want
21788 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21842 , since in the latter case only the
21845 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21850 will be under the square root sign:
21851 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21857 \begin_layout Standard
21858 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21860 \begin_inset Formula \[
21861 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21870 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21871 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21874 \begin_layout Subsection
21878 \begin_layout Standard
21879 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21880 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21884 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21885 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21886 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21887 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21888 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21891 \begin_layout Subsection
21892 Exponents and Subscripts
21893 \begin_inset Index idx
21896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21903 \begin_inset Index idx
21906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21915 \begin_layout Standard
21916 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21917 way is to use a command.
21919 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21922 , type in a formula
21928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21944 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21950 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21954 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21975 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21984 , you have to use an extra
21988 to separate the hat and the character.
21990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21994 \begin_inset space \space{}
21998 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 Subscripts are similar: To get
22020 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22043 \begin_layout Subsection
22045 \begin_inset Index idx
22048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 \begin_layout Standard
22058 Create a fraction with either the command
22065 \begin_inset Graphics
22066 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22074 \begin_inset space ~
22080 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22081 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22082 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22087 To move back up, press
22092 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22093 \begin_inset Formula \[
22094 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22097 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22105 \begin_layout Subsection
22107 \begin_inset Index idx
22110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22119 \begin_layout Standard
22120 Roots can be created using the
22123 \begin_inset space ~
22129 \begin_inset Graphics
22130 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22153 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22159 produces always a square root.
22162 \begin_layout Subsection
22163 Operators with Limits
22164 \begin_inset Index idx
22167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22174 \begin_inset Index idx
22177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22186 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22193 \begin_layout Standard
22195 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22199 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22202 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22203 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22204 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22205 The sum operator will automatically place its
22206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22213 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22216 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22220 \begin_inset Formula \[
22221 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22226 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22230 \begin_layout Standard
22231 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22233 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22234 behind the operator and hitting
22242 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22243 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22245 \begin_inset space ~
22249 \begin_inset space ~
22257 \begin_layout Standard
22258 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22266 feature as addition, such as
22267 \begin_inset Index idx
22270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22277 \begin_inset Formula \[
22278 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22283 which will place the
22284 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22296 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22297 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22303 \begin_layout Standard
22304 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22311 Have a look at section
22312 \begin_inset space ~
22316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22318 reference "sub:Functions"
22322 for an explanation of function macros.
22325 \begin_layout Subsection
22327 \begin_inset Index idx
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22339 \begin_layout Standard
22340 Most math symbols can be found in the
22343 \begin_inset space ~
22348 under one of several categories; including
22365 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22369 \begin_layout Standard
22370 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22371 you don't have to use the
22374 \begin_inset space ~
22379 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22380 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22383 \begin_layout Subsection
22385 \begin_inset Index idx
22388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22397 \begin_layout Standard
22398 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22403 arg "space-insert protected"
22409 \begin_inset space ~
22415 \begin_inset Graphics
22416 filename ../images/math/space.png
22421 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22422 For example, the sequence
22427 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22431 \begin_inset Graphics
22432 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22437 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22438 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22439 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22440 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22442 Here are two examples:
22445 \begin_layout Standard
22455 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22461 \begin_layout Standard
22471 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22477 \begin_layout Subsection
22479 \begin_inset Index idx
22482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22491 name "sub:Functions"
22498 \begin_layout Standard
22502 \begin_inset space ~
22507 contains under the button
22508 \begin_inset Graphics
22509 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22513 a number of function macros, such as
22514 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22518 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22526 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22533 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22534 avoid confusions, because
22535 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22539 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22545 \begin_layout Standard
22546 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22548 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22552 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22558 \begin_layout Standard
22559 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22560 s are placed, as described in section
22561 \begin_inset space ~
22565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22567 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22574 \begin_layout Subsection
22576 \begin_inset Index idx
22579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22588 \begin_layout Standard
22589 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22591 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22592 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22597 \begin_inset space \space{}
22601 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22604 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22605 Our example is entered by typing
22613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22626 \begin_inset space ~
22630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22632 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22636 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22639 \begin_layout Standard
22640 \begin_inset Float table
22645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22646 \begin_inset Caption
22648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22651 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22655 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22665 \begin_inset Tabular
22666 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22667 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22668 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22669 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22670 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22754 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22808 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22862 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22916 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22970 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23024 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23078 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23132 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23186 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23231 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23252 \begin_layout Standard
23253 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23256 \begin_inset space ~
23262 \begin_inset Graphics
23263 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23267 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23271 \begin_layout Section
23272 Brackets and Delimiters
23273 \begin_inset Index idx
23276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23283 \begin_inset Index idx
23286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23295 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23302 \begin_layout Standard
23303 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23304 For most purposes, using just the keys
23309 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23310 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23311 toolbar delimiter icon
23312 \begin_inset Graphics
23313 filename ../images/math/delim.png
23318 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23320 \begin_inset Formula \[
23321 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23329 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23330 \begin_inset Formula \[
23331 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23339 \begin_layout Standard
23340 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23341 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23344 \begin_layout Standard
23345 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23346 left side and right side.
23347 If you use the option
23350 \begin_inset space ~
23355 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23356 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23357 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23358 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23361 \begin_layout Standard
23362 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23363 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23364 inside the brackets.
23365 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23370 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23373 \begin_layout Section
23374 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23375 \begin_inset Index idx
23378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 \begin_inset Index idx
23388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23395 \begin_inset Index idx
23398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23399 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23407 \begin_layout Standard
23408 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23411 \begin_inset space ~
23417 \begin_inset Graphics
23418 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23423 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23424 Here is an example:
23425 \begin_inset Formula \[
23426 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23435 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23436 \begin_inset space ~
23440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23442 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23447 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23448 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23449 This alignment is set in the box
23454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23502 for every column as default.
23503 For example, the sequence
23504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23515 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23516 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23517 corresponds to the relevant column.
23518 The result will look like this:
23519 \begin_inset Formula \[
23521 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23522 column & has & has\, right\\
23523 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23532 \begin_layout Standard
23533 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23536 arg "newline-insert newline"
23539 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23540 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23542 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23545 or the math toolbar.
23548 \begin_layout Standard
23549 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23550 It can be created with the menu
23552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23553 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23555 \begin_inset space ~
23567 Here is an example:
23568 \begin_inset Formula \[
23581 \begin_layout Standard
23582 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23585 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23588 arg "newline-insert newline"
23592 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23597 arg "newline-insert newline"
23600 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23608 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23609 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23610 A new row is created by every further hit of
23613 arg "newline-insert newline"
23617 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23618 Here is an example:
23619 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23620 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23621 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23626 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23627 where you want to start the shift and hit
23632 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23633 position to the next column.
23634 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23635 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23636 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23637 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23645 \begin_layout Standard
23646 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23653 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23654 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23657 reference "eq:asquared"
23662 The other types are described in section
23663 \begin_inset space ~
23667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23669 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23676 \begin_layout Section
23677 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23678 \begin_inset Index idx
23681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23682 Math ! Formula numbering
23688 \begin_inset Index idx
23691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23692 Math ! Referencing formulas
23698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23700 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23710 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23711 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23713 \begin_inset space ~
23721 arg "math-number-toggle"
23725 The formula number appears in LyX as
23726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23733 within parentheses.
23735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23742 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23744 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23745 the document class.
23746 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23747 separated by a dot:
23748 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23757 arg "math-number-toggle"
23760 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23761 You can only number displayed formulas.
23764 \begin_layout Standard
23765 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23767 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23768 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23770 \begin_inset space ~
23774 \begin_inset space ~
23778 \begin_inset space ~
23786 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23789 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23790 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23792 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23798 To number all lines use the shortcut
23801 arg "math-number-toggle"
23807 \begin_layout Standard
23808 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23811 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23812 A label is inserted with the menu
23814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23817 when the cursor is in the formula.
23818 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23819 It is recommended to use the proposed
23820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23831 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23832 type when you have many labels in your document.
23833 We inserted in the following example the label
23834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23841 in the second line:
23842 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23843 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23844 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23849 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23850 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23860 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23864 \begin_inset space ~
23870 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23871 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23872 as the formula number:
23875 \begin_layout Standard
23876 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23879 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23886 \begin_layout Standard
23887 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23888 \begin_inset space ~
23892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23894 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23899 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23905 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23910 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23918 \begin_layout Section
23919 User defined math macros
23920 \begin_inset Index idx
23923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23932 \begin_layout Standard
23933 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23934 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23935 Math macros are explained in section
23938 \begin_inset space ~
23950 \begin_layout Section
23954 \begin_layout Subsection
23956 \begin_inset Index idx
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23968 \begin_layout Standard
23969 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23970 To set a font in a formula, use the
23973 \begin_inset space ~
23979 \begin_inset Graphics
23980 filename ../images/math/font.png
23984 , or enter its command, listed in table
23985 \begin_inset space ~
23989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23991 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23998 \begin_layout Standard
23999 \begin_inset Float table
24004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24005 \begin_inset Caption
24007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24010 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24014 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24024 \begin_inset Tabular
24025 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24026 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24027 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24060 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24087 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24114 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24147 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24174 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24201 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24235 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24262 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24296 \begin_layout Standard
24297 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24305 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24321 \begin_layout Standard
24322 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24323 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24328 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24329 space when you need a space in the box.
24330 Here an example where
24331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24342 denotes the set of numbers:
24343 \begin_inset Formula \[
24344 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24352 \begin_layout Standard
24353 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24359 \begin_inset space \space{}
24371 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24375 \begin_inset Newline newline
24378 So it is better not to use this feature.
24381 \begin_layout Standard
24382 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24383 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24387 \begin_inset Newline newline
24390 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24396 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24397 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24403 \begin_layout Standard
24410 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24413 \begin_layout Standard
24414 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24416 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24417 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24419 \begin_inset space ~
24427 \begin_layout Subsection
24429 \begin_inset Index idx
24432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24441 \begin_layout Standard
24442 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24444 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24448 \begin_inset space ~
24452 \begin_inset space ~
24460 \begin_inset space ~
24466 \begin_inset Graphics
24467 filename ../images/math/font.png
24478 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24479 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24480 Here is an example:
24481 \begin_inset Formula \[
24483 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24484 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24493 \begin_layout Subsection
24495 \begin_inset Index idx
24498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24507 \begin_layout Standard
24508 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24509 automatically chosen in most situations.
24527 For most characters,
24535 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24536 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24541 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24542 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24544 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24545 \begin_inset Graphics
24546 filename ../images/math/style.png
24551 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24552 For example, you can set
24553 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24556 , which is normally in
24565 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24569 The four styles are used in the following example:
24572 \begin_layout Standard
24573 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24577 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24581 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24585 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24591 \begin_layout Standard
24592 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24593 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24595 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24597 \begin_inset space ~
24602 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24603 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24604 will be adjusted to correspond.
24605 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24616 \begin_layout Standard
24620 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24626 \begin_layout Section
24630 \begin_layout Standard
24631 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24632 the document classes and into layout modules.
24633 \begin_inset Index idx
24636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24642 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24643 other than the AMS classes.
24645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24647 reference "sub:Modules"
24651 for more on layout modules.
24654 \begin_layout Section
24656 \begin_inset Index idx
24659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24666 \begin_inset Index idx
24669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24678 \begin_layout Standard
24679 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24680 (AMS) that are in common use.
24683 \begin_layout Subsection
24684 Enabling AMS-Support
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24688 Selecting the checkbox
24691 \begin_inset space ~
24695 \begin_inset space ~
24699 \begin_inset space ~
24706 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24710 \begin_inset Index idx
24713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24714 Document ! Settings
24722 \begin_inset space ~
24727 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24729 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24730 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24733 \begin_layout Subsection
24735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24737 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24742 \begin_inset Index idx
24745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24746 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24754 \begin_layout Standard
24755 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24756 LyX allows you to choose between
24777 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24780 \begin_layout Chapter
24784 \begin_layout Section
24786 \begin_inset Index idx
24789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24798 name "sec:Cross-References"
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24806 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24807 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24809 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24810 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24811 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24814 \begin_layout Enumerate
24818 \begin_layout Enumerate
24819 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24821 name "enu:Second-item"
24828 \begin_layout Enumerate
24832 \begin_layout Standard
24833 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24838 or by pressing the toolbar button
24839 \begin_inset Graphics
24840 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24846 A grey label box like this:
24847 \begin_inset Graphics
24848 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24853 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24854 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24889 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24894 \begin_inset space \space{}
24897 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24918 or the toolbar button
24919 \begin_inset Graphics
24920 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24926 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24927 \begin_inset Graphics
24928 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24933 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24935 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24948 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24952 \begin_layout Standard
24955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24958 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24963 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24964 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24966 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24972 \begin_layout Standard
24973 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24974 \begin_inset space ~
24978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24980 reference "enu:Second-item"
24987 \begin_layout Standard
24988 It is recommended to use a protected space
24992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24993 described in section
24994 \begin_inset space ~
24998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25000 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25009 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25013 \begin_layout Standard
25014 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25017 \begin_layout Description
25018 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25021 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25028 \begin_layout Description
25029 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25030 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25042 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25049 \begin_layout Description
25050 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25051 \begin_inset space ~
25055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25056 LatexCommand pageref
25057 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25064 \begin_layout Description
25066 \begin_inset space ~
25070 \begin_inset space ~
25073 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25075 LatexCommand vpageref
25076 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25083 \begin_layout Description
25085 \begin_inset space ~
25089 \begin_inset space ~
25093 \begin_inset space ~
25096 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25099 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25106 \begin_layout Description
25108 \begin_inset space ~
25111 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25112 \begin_inset Newline newline
25116 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25124 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25133 \begin_inset Index idx
25136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25137 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25143 \begin_inset Index idx
25146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25147 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25160 \begin_layout Description
25162 \begin_inset space ~
25165 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25167 LatexCommand nameref
25168 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25175 \begin_layout Standard
25180 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25187 \begin_inset space \space{}
25191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25205 <reference> on page <page>
25207 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25210 \begin_layout Standard
25211 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25212 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25213 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25217 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 You can only use the style
25226 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25230 is always possible.
25233 \begin_layout Standard
25234 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25235 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25237 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25238 \begin_inset space ~
25242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25244 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25251 \begin_layout Standard
25252 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25256 \begin_inset space ~
25260 \begin_inset space ~
25265 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25266 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25269 \begin_inset space ~
25274 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25275 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25276 \begin_inset Graphics
25277 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25278 rotateOrigin center
25285 \begin_layout Standard
25286 You can change labels at any time.
25287 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25288 do not need to take care about this.
25291 \begin_layout Standard
25292 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25293 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 References are described in detail in sec.
25298 \begin_inset space ~
25302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25316 \begin_layout Section
25317 Table of Contents and other Listings
25318 \begin_inset Index idx
25321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25328 \begin_inset Index idx
25331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25347 \begin_layout Subsection
25349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25351 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25358 \begin_layout Standard
25359 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25362 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25364 \begin_inset space ~
25368 \begin_inset space ~
25374 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25375 If you click on it, the
25379 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25380 sections in your documents.
25381 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25383 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25386 that is described in sec.
25387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25393 reference "sec:Navigating"
25400 \begin_layout Standard
25401 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25402 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25404 \begin_inset space ~
25408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25410 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25414 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25416 \begin_inset space ~
25420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25422 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25426 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25428 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25431 \begin_layout Subsection
25432 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25435 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25443 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25444 You can insert them via the
25446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25448 \begin_inset space ~
25452 \begin_inset space ~
25458 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25461 \begin_layout Section
25462 URLs and Hyperlinks
25463 \begin_inset Index idx
25466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25473 \begin_inset Index idx
25476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25485 \begin_layout Subsection
25487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25497 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25505 \begin_layout Standard
25506 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25507 \begin_inset Flex URL
25510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25520 \begin_layout Standard
25521 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25527 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25532 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25540 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25548 \begin_layout Subsection
25550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25552 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25559 \begin_layout Standard
25560 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25565 or with the toolbar button
25566 \begin_inset Graphics
25567 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25572 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25581 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25582 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25583 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25585 name "LyX's homepage"
25586 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25590 , an Email address like this:
25591 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25593 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25594 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25599 , or a link to a file.
25602 \begin_layout Standard
25603 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25616 to the link target.
25619 \begin_layout Standard
25620 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25621 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25622 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25623 the text style dialog.
25624 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25628 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25630 name "LyX's homepage"
25631 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25639 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25643 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25646 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25650 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25652 \begin_inset Newline newline
25660 \begin_inset Newline newline
25667 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25670 \begin_layout Section
25672 \begin_inset Index idx
25675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25682 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25684 name "sec:Appendices"
25691 \begin_layout Standard
25692 Appendices are created with the menu
25694 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25696 \begin_inset space ~
25700 \begin_inset space ~
25706 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25707 as the appendix region.
25708 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25712 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25713 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25714 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25715 and the subsection number.
25716 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25722 \begin_inset space ~
25726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25728 reference "cha:Credits"
25733 \begin_inset space ~
25737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25739 reference "sub:Export"
25746 \begin_layout Section
25748 \begin_inset Index idx
25751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25760 name "sec:Bibliography"
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25768 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25769 You can include a bibliography database,
25773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25774 Known under the name
25775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25787 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25788 manually, using the paragraph environment
25792 , which was described in section
25793 \begin_inset space ~
25797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25799 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25804 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25805 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25809 use a bibliography database.
25812 \begin_layout Subsection
25813 The Bibliography Environment
25816 \begin_layout Standard
25821 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25823 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25832 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25834 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25843 , a short form of its title, as key.
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25847 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25849 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25852 or the toolbar button
25853 \begin_inset Graphics
25854 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25859 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25860 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25861 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25862 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25866 \begin_layout Standard
25867 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25868 entry with surrounding brackets.
25873 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25874 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25886 \begin_layout Standard
25889 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25892 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25894 key "latexcompanion"
25901 \begin_layout Standard
25902 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25903 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25912 \begin_layout Subsection
25913 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25914 \begin_inset Index idx
25917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25918 Bibliography ! Databases
25924 \begin_inset Index idx
25927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25928 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25936 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25944 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25950 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25952 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25953 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25958 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25960 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25961 your working field in a database.
25962 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25963 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25965 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25970 The database is a text file with the file extension
25971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25982 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25983 The format is explained in
25984 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25990 and in LaTeX books (
25991 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25993 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25998 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25999 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26000 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26001 \begin_inset Flex URL
26004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26006 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26014 \begin_layout Standard
26015 To use a database, use the menu
26017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26022 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26035 \begin_inset space ~
26041 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26042 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26045 Add bibliography to TOC
26047 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26052 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26053 in the document or just the cited references.
26056 \begin_layout Standard
26057 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26069 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26070 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26071 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26073 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26079 For information how this is done, have a look at
26080 \begin_inset Newline newline
26084 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26086 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26098 \begin_layout Standard
26099 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26102 \begin_layout Standard
26103 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26104 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26107 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26135 \begin_inset space ~
26141 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26147 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 When you select the option
26159 Sectioned bibliography
26163 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26166 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26167 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26169 Customizing Bibliographies
26177 Additional Features
26182 \begin_layout Standard
26183 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26184 the two methods of creating them.
26185 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26186 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26187 We used the style file
26191 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26194 \begin_layout Subsection
26195 Bibliography layout
26196 \begin_inset Index idx
26199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26200 Bibliography ! Layout
26208 \begin_layout Standard
26209 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26210 For this feature you need to enable the option
26216 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26220 \begin_inset Index idx
26223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26224 Document ! Settings
26234 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26235 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26236 in the previous section.
26239 \begin_layout Standard
26240 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26241 in the citation reference window.
26242 Here an example where we set the text
26243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26247 \begin_inset space ~
26251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26254 to appear after the reference:
26257 \begin_layout Standard
26259 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26262 key "latexcompanion"
26269 \begin_layout Section
26271 \begin_inset Index idx
26274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26291 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26295 \begin_inset space ~
26300 or the toolbar button
26301 \begin_inset Graphics
26302 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26319 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26320 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26321 by LyX as the index entry.
26324 \begin_layout Standard
26325 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26326 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26328 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26330 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26338 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26342 \begin_inset space ~
26346 \begin_inset space ~
26349 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26351 \begin_inset space ~
26357 A light blue box labeled
26358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26369 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26370 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26373 \begin_layout Subsection
26374 Grouping Index Entries
26375 \begin_inset Index idx
26378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26388 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26390 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26391 lists under the entry
26392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26400 First we create the entry
26401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26409 \begin_inset space ~
26413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26415 reference "sub:Lists"
26420 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26421 \begin_inset space ~
26425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26427 reference "sec:Itemize"
26431 , we insert the command
26434 \begin_layout Standard
26440 \begin_layout Standard
26444 \begin_layout Standard
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26451 for the enumerated list in section
26452 \begin_inset space ~
26456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26458 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26466 The exclamation mark
26467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26474 marks the grouping levels.
26475 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26476 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26477 If we don't have an index entry for
26478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26485 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26488 \begin_layout Subsection
26490 \begin_inset Index idx
26493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26494 Index ! Page ranges
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26503 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26505 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26506 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26508 \begin_inset space ~
26512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26514 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26524 Paragraph environments|(
26527 \begin_layout Standard
26528 and another entry at the end of section
26529 \begin_inset space ~
26533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26535 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26542 \begin_layout Standard
26545 Paragraph environments|)
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26573 respectively start and end the index range.
26574 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26575 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26576 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26577 An example is the index entry
26578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26581 Document ! Settings
26582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26588 \begin_layout Subsection
26590 \begin_inset Index idx
26593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26594 Index ! Cross referencing
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26603 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26604 We referred for example in the index entry
26605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26613 \begin_inset space ~
26617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26619 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26623 ) to the index entry
26624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26631 in the same section using the entry
26634 \begin_layout Standard
26637 GIF|see{Image formats}
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26641 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26642 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26643 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26646 \begin_layout Subsection
26648 \begin_inset Index idx
26651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26652 Index ! Entry order
26660 \begin_layout Standard
26661 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26662 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26663 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26668 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26670 \begin_inset space ~
26674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26676 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26685 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26686 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26711 \begin_inset Index idx
26714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26715 Dummy entries ! maïs
26721 \begin_inset Index idx
26724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26725 Dummy entries ! maître
26731 \begin_inset Index idx
26734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26735 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26740 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26741 order maïs, maison, maître.
26742 To achieve this, we use the command
26745 \begin_layout Standard
26748 previous entry@current entry
26751 \begin_layout Standard
26752 In our case we want to have
26753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26768 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26771 \begin_layout Standard
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26778 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26779 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26783 \begin_layout Standard
26784 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26791 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26796 to generate the index (see sec.
26797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26803 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26812 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26814 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26820 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26824 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26825 index commands start with
26826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26838 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26843 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26870 \begin_layout Subsection
26872 \begin_inset Index idx
26875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26876 Index ! Entry layout
26884 \begin_layout Standard
26885 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26886 \begin_inset Index idx
26889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26892 This is an italic dummy entry
26897 You can also format the page number using the character
26898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26905 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26906 We can write for example
26909 \begin_layout Standard
26912 italic page number:|textit
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26916 to get the page number in italic.
26917 \begin_inset Index idx
26920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26921 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26926 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26944 \begin_inset space ~
26950 Have a look at section
26951 \begin_inset space ~
26955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26957 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26961 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26964 \begin_layout Standard
26965 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26973 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26977 to generate the index, see sec.
26978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26984 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26993 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26994 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26995 they can be used, see
26996 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26999 key "latexcompanion"
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27012 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27014 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27015 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27016 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27017 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27018 If so, put the following in the preamble
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27037 \begin_layout Standard
27043 \begin_layout Standard
27044 in the index entry.
27045 \begin_inset Index idx
27048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27049 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27054 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27055 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27056 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27060 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27066 \begin_inset space \space{}
27069 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27070 for all index entries.
27071 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27083 documentation for details,
27084 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27086 key "makeindex,xindy"
27093 \begin_layout Subsection
27095 \begin_inset Index idx
27098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27107 name "sub:Index-Program"
27114 \begin_layout Standard
27115 If the index entry program
27119 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27123 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27132 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27133 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27134 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27135 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27136 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27146 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27147 dialog, see section
27148 \begin_inset space ~
27152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27154 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27159 The available options are listed and explained in
27160 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27162 key "makeindex,xindy"
27167 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27171 \begin_layout Standard
27172 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27173 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27176 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27177 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27178 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27182 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27183 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27186 \begin_layout Subsection
27190 \begin_layout Standard
27191 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27192 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27200 next to the standard index.
27201 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27202 packages that add this feature.
27208 \begin_inset Index idx
27211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27212 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27217 package to generate multiple indexes.
27218 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27219 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27220 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27227 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27228 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27229 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27232 \begin_layout Standard
27233 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27236 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27237 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27244 Use multiple Indexes
27245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27249 Note that the list of
27250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27257 below already contains the standard index.
27258 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27259 also appear as a heading) to the
27260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27267 input field and press the
27268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27276 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27277 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27278 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27282 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27288 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27289 indexes in the LyX work area.
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27293 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27298 \begin_inset space ~
27302 \begin_inset space ~
27311 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27312 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27313 are some additional features:
27316 \begin_layout Itemize
27317 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27318 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27321 \begin_layout Itemize
27322 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27323 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27332 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27337 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27338 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27339 to the non-subindexes.
27342 \begin_layout Section
27343 Nomenclature / Glossary
27344 \begin_inset Index idx
27347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27354 \begin_inset Index idx
27357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27388 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27396 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27397 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27402 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27407 \begin_inset Index idx
27410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27411 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27417 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27418 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27424 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27427 \begin_layout Standard
27428 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27429 and then use the menu
27431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27437 \begin_inset space ~
27442 or the toolbar button
27443 \begin_inset Graphics
27444 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27461 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27465 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27466 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27467 The second is the description of the symbol.
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27471 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27479 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27487 \begin_layout Subsection
27488 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27489 \begin_inset Index idx
27492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27493 Nomenclature ! Layout
27501 \begin_layout Standard
27502 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27506 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27512 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27520 \begin_inset Newline newline
27528 \begin_inset Newline newline
27534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27541 character starts/ends the formula.
27542 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27554 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27566 \begin_inset space ~
27570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27572 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27583 \begin_inset space ~
27588 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27589 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27594 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27601 in this document is:
27602 \begin_inset Newline newline
27607 dummy entry for the character
27612 \begin_inset Newline newline
27624 \begin_inset space ~
27634 font use the command
27663 \begin_layout Subsection
27664 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27665 \begin_inset Index idx
27668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27669 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27678 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27679 the symbol definition.
27680 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27681 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27684 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27685 LatexCommand nomenclature
27687 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27694 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27698 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27699 LatexCommand nomenclature
27702 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27707 They will be sorted by
27708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27734 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27737 will be sorted before the
27741 since the character
27742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27749 is considered in sorting.
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27753 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27756 \begin_inset space ~
27761 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27762 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27764 For the example given, you can insert
27768 in this field for the
27769 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27776 will be located before
27777 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27783 \begin_layout Standard
27784 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27789 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27798 \begin_layout Subsection
27799 Nomenclature Options
27800 \begin_inset Index idx
27803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27804 Nomenclature ! Options
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27817 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27818 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27821 \begin_layout Description
27822 refeq Appends the phrase
27823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27838 to every nomenclature entry, where
27844 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27847 \begin_layout Description
27848 refpage Appends the phrase
27849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27864 to every nomenclature entry, where
27870 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27873 \begin_layout Description
27874 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27878 There are furthermore the options
27922 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27926 \begin_layout Standard
27927 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27928 class options list in the
27930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27934 In this document the option
27941 \begin_layout Standard
27942 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27950 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27955 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27958 \begin_layout Description
27968 \begin_layout Description
27971 nomrefpage Like the
27978 \begin_layout Description
27981 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27990 \begin_layout Description
27994 \begin_inset space ~
28000 \begin_inset space ~
28005 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28008 \begin_layout Subsection
28009 Printing the Nomenclature
28010 \begin_inset Index idx
28013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28014 Nomenclature ! Printing
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28023 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28027 \begin_inset space ~
28031 \begin_inset space ~
28034 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28038 A light blue box labeled
28039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28050 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28051 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28055 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28064 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28072 For example, in order to change the name to
28076 , add the following line to the preamble:
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28087 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28091 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28097 \begin_layout Standard
28098 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28099 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28102 \begin_layout Standard
28110 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28116 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28117 \begin_inset space ~
28121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28123 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28128 The default value is 1
28129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28135 \begin_layout Subsection
28136 Nomenclature Program
28137 \begin_inset Index idx
28140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28141 Nomenclature ! Program
28147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28149 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28157 LyX uses the program
28161 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28162 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28167 by adding options, see section
28168 \begin_inset space ~
28172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28174 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28179 The available options are listed and explained in
28180 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28182 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28189 \begin_layout Section
28191 \begin_inset Index idx
28194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28201 \begin_inset Index idx
28204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28205 Document ! Branches
28211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28213 name "sec:Branches"
28220 \begin_layout Standard
28221 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28222 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28223 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28224 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28228 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28229 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28230 To create a branch, either select the menu
28232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28233 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28236 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28238 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28245 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28246 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28247 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28248 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28249 (see below for an example).
28250 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28251 to the name of the other) and to add
28252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28264 \begin_inset space ~
28267 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28268 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28271 \begin_layout Standard
28272 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28273 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28278 where you can choose a branch.
28279 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28284 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28285 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28289 \begin_inset Branch Question
28292 \begin_layout Standard
28293 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28301 \begin_layout Standard
28302 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28321 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28322 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28325 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28326 Consider for example a file
28327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28334 which has the above branches.
28336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28343 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28367 branch were inactive,
28368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28383 branch was active, likewise
28384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28399 branch was active, and
28400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28403 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28407 if both branches were active.
28408 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28412 \begin_layout Standard
28413 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28419 \begin_layout Standard
28420 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28421 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28423 For example you can define for the question branch
28427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28428 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28429 \begin_inset space ~
28433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28435 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28447 \begin_layout Standard
28457 \begin_layout Standard
28467 \begin_layout Standard
28468 and for the answer branch
28471 \begin_layout Standard
28481 \begin_layout Standard
28491 \begin_layout Standard
28492 \begin_inset Branch Question
28495 \begin_layout Standard
28499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28527 \begin_layout Standard
28528 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28531 \begin_layout Standard
28535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28563 \begin_layout Standard
28564 Now it is possible to use the commands
28568 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28575 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28578 to obtain conditional output.
28579 Here is an example formula where only the
28586 \begin_inset Formula \[
28587 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28595 \begin_layout Standard
28596 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28604 \begin_layout Section
28606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28608 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28613 \begin_inset Index idx
28616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28630 dialog allows you in the
28634 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28635 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28640 \begin_inset Index idx
28643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28644 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28652 \begin_layout Standard
28657 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28658 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28659 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28661 You can specify in the dialog tab
28665 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28667 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28668 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28672 \begin_layout Standard
28677 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28678 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28679 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28681 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28682 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28684 \begin_inset space ~
28687 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28688 \begin_inset space ~
28691 1 will only display the sections.
28694 \begin_layout Standard
28695 The header information in the dialog tab
28699 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28700 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28705 \begin_inset space \space{}
28708 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28709 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28712 Automatic fill header
28714 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28715 title and author settings.
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28721 Load in fullscreen mode
28723 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28726 \begin_layout Standard
28727 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28728 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28734 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28735 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28744 \begin_layout Section
28745 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28746 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28748 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28755 \begin_layout Subsection
28757 \begin_inset Index idx
28760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28769 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28777 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28778 constructs, but not all.
28779 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28780 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28781 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28782 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28783 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28787 \begin_layout Standard
28788 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28790 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28794 \begin_inset space ~
28799 or by the toolbar button
28800 \begin_inset Graphics
28801 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28806 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28810 \begin_layout Standard
28811 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28812 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28813 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28814 using the LaTeX-command
28820 , you can write the command part
28826 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28830 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28831 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28832 the following example:
28835 \begin_layout Standard
28836 \begin_inset Graphics
28837 filename clipart/ERT.png
28845 \begin_layout Standard
28849 \begin_layout Standard
28850 This is a line with a
28854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28877 \begin_layout Standard
28878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28886 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28887 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28895 \begin_layout Subsection
28896 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28897 \begin_inset Argument
28900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28907 \begin_inset Index idx
28910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28919 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28926 \begin_layout Standard
28927 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28928 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28929 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28938 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28939 any time if you know the right commands.
28941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28945 \begin_inset space \space{}
28948 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28950 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28951 all caption labels bold.
28952 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28954 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28960 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28961 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28963 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28973 As result you know that the package
28978 \begin_inset Index idx
28981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28982 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28988 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28996 \begin_layout Standard
29001 usepackage[options]{package name}
29004 \begin_layout Standard
29005 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29006 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29007 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29010 \begin_layout Standard
29011 In your case the package name is
29016 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29021 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29022 So you add the command
29025 \begin_layout Standard
29030 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29033 \begin_layout Standard
29034 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29039 For more commands provided by the
29043 package, have a look at its documentation,
29044 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29058 \begin_layout Standard
29059 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29061 For example if you use a
29065 class, you don't need the package
29069 , you can instead write
29072 \begin_layout Standard
29077 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29082 \begin_layout Standard
29083 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29084 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29085 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29092 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29095 \begin_layout Standard
29096 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29097 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29099 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29100 the previous section.
29103 \begin_layout Standard
29104 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29106 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29108 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29116 \begin_layout Section
29117 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29120 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29125 \begin_inset Index idx
29128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29135 \begin_inset Index idx
29138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29149 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29150 to break your train of thought with
29152 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29159 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29160 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29165 \begin_inset Index idx
29168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29169 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29174 as explained below, and turn on
29177 \begin_inset space ~
29184 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29188 \begin_inset space ~
29192 \begin_inset space ~
29195 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29200 \begin_inset space ~
29205 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29209 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29211 Previews of an already loaded document are
29215 generated just by selecting the
29218 \begin_inset space ~
29223 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29226 \begin_layout Standard
29227 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29228 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29231 \begin_inset space ~
29236 check box in the insert dialog.
29237 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29241 \begin_layout Standard
29242 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29246 (on some systems named simply
29251 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29253 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29259 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29260 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29268 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29272 \begin_layout Standard
29273 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29280 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29284 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29286 \begin_inset space ~
29291 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29292 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29294 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29295 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29296 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29297 the source view window.
29300 \begin_layout Section
29302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29304 name "sec:Spellchecking"
29309 \begin_inset Index idx
29312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29321 \begin_layout Standard
29322 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
29323 Rather it uses one of the external programs
29340 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
29346 can be seen as the successor to
29354 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
29360 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
29361 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
29369 \begin_layout Standard
29370 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
29371 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
29378 \begin_layout Standard
29381 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29384 or the toolbar button
29385 \begin_inset Graphics
29386 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
29390 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
29391 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
29392 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
29393 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
29394 scrolled so that it is visible.
29399 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
29401 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
29405 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
29406 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
29409 \begin_layout Standard
29410 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
29413 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29417 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
29418 will bring an error message.
29419 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
29420 specifying a different
29422 Alternative language
29424 in preferences dialog.
29427 \begin_layout Standard
29428 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
29431 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29435 \begin_layout Standard
29436 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
29437 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
29439 But you can use the
29442 \begin_inset space ~
29446 \begin_inset space ~
29454 \begin_layout Standard
29455 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
29456 This does work with
29460 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
29463 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
29467 \begin_layout Standard
29472 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
29475 \begin_layout Description
29477 \begin_inset space ~
29480 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
29481 should consider, e.
29482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29486 \begin_inset space \space{}
29489 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
29490 This should not normally be needed.
29493 \begin_layout Description
29495 \begin_inset space ~
29498 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
29499 the spell checker's default choice
29502 \begin_layout Description
29504 \begin_inset space ~
29508 \begin_inset space ~
29511 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
29513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29523 \begin_layout Description
29525 \begin_inset space ~
29529 \begin_inset space ~
29532 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
29534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29541 also for the spellchecker.
29545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29546 The encodings are explained in section
29547 \begin_inset space ~
29551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29553 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29562 Only enable this if you use
29566 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
29567 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
29568 so this is disabled by default.
29571 \begin_layout Section
29573 \begin_inset Index idx
29576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29585 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29592 \begin_layout Standard
29593 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29594 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29604 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29606 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29615 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29616 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29617 are available for many languages.
29620 \begin_layout Standard
29621 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29625 \begin_layout Subsection
29626 Setting up the thesaurus
29629 \begin_layout Standard
29634 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29639 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29644 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29646 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29650 en_EN for English).
29651 For instance, the English files are named:
29654 \begin_layout Itemize
29658 \begin_layout Itemize
29662 \begin_layout Standard
29663 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29664 already on your system.
29665 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29666 \begin_inset Flex URL
29669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29671 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29677 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29682 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29684 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29685 unpack a zip archive.
29688 \begin_layout Standard
29697 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29698 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29700 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29701 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29705 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29708 \begin_layout Subsection
29709 Using the thesaurus
29712 \begin_layout Standard
29713 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29715 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29718 or the toolbar button
29719 \begin_inset Graphics
29720 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29721 rotateOrigin center
29725 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29727 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29729 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29730 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29731 and hyponyms (such as
29739 ), compounds (such as
29743 ) and antonyms (such as
29751 ), which are marked as such.
29754 \begin_layout Standard
29755 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29756 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29760 \begin_layout Standard
29761 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29762 the dictionary, such as the above
29766 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29771 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29772 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29773 For example looking up the word forms
29781 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29786 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29787 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29799 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29800 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29801 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29804 \begin_layout Subsection
29805 License of the Thesaurus library
29808 \begin_layout Standard
29813 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29818 as a standalone program.
29819 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29820 The library was released under the
29822 Berkeley Database License
29824 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29825 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29826 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29828 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29831 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29835 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29838 \begin_layout Section
29840 \begin_inset Index idx
29843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29850 \begin_inset Index idx
29853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29854 Document ! Change Tracking
29860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29862 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29869 \begin_layout Standard
29870 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29871 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29872 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29873 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29877 \begin_inset space ~
29880 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29882 \begin_inset space ~
29890 \begin_layout Standard
29891 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29905 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29906 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29909 \begin_inset space ~
29913 \begin_inset space ~
29923 \begin_inset Index idx
29926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29927 Color ! Change tracking
29932 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29933 the cursor is in changed text.
29934 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29935 \begin_inset Graphics
29936 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29937 rotateOrigin center
29944 \begin_layout Standard
29945 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29946 \begin_inset Index idx
29949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29958 \begin_layout Standard
29959 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29965 \begin_layout Standard
29966 \begin_inset Graphics
29967 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29974 \begin_layout Standard
29975 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29981 \begin_layout Standard
29982 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29986 \begin_layout Standard
29987 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29993 \begin_layout Standard
29994 \begin_inset Tabular
29995 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29996 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29997 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29998 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30004 \begin_inset Graphics
30005 filename ../images/changes-track.png
30006 rotateOrigin center
30015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30023 \begin_inset space ~
30026 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30028 \begin_inset space ~
30037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30042 \begin_inset Graphics
30043 filename ../images/changes-output.png
30044 rotateOrigin center
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30059 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30061 \begin_inset space ~
30064 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30066 \begin_inset space ~
30070 \begin_inset space ~
30074 \begin_inset space ~
30083 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30088 \begin_inset Graphics
30089 filename ../images/change-next.png
30090 rotateOrigin center
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 Jumps to the next change
30109 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 \begin_inset Graphics
30115 filename ../images/change-accept.png
30116 rotateOrigin center
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30133 \begin_inset space ~
30136 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30138 \begin_inset space ~
30147 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 \begin_inset Graphics
30153 filename ../images/change-reject.png
30154 rotateOrigin center
30163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30171 \begin_inset space ~
30174 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30176 \begin_inset space ~
30185 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 \begin_inset Graphics
30191 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30192 rotateOrigin center
30201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30209 \begin_inset space ~
30212 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30214 \begin_inset space ~
30223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 \begin_inset Graphics
30229 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
30230 rotateOrigin center
30239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30247 \begin_inset space ~
30250 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30252 \begin_inset space ~
30256 \begin_inset space ~
30265 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30270 \begin_inset Graphics
30271 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
30272 rotateOrigin center
30281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30289 \begin_inset space ~
30292 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30294 \begin_inset space ~
30298 \begin_inset space ~
30307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 \begin_inset Graphics
30313 filename ../images/note-insert.png
30314 rotateOrigin center
30323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30330 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30332 \begin_inset space ~
30341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 \begin_inset Graphics
30347 filename ../images/note-next.png
30348 rotateOrigin center
30357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30365 \begin_inset space ~
30381 \begin_layout Standard
30382 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30388 \begin_layout Standard
30389 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
30390 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
30391 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
30392 the next change after the current cursor position.
30393 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
30394 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
30395 step to the next change.
30396 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
30399 \begin_layout Standard
30400 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
30401 to describe a change.
30404 \begin_layout Standard
30405 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
30410 \begin_inset Index idx
30413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30414 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
30420 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30421 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30427 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30430 \begin_layout Section
30431 International Support
30432 \begin_inset Index idx
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 International support
30444 \begin_layout Standard
30445 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
30446 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
30447 how to set up LyX to use them:
30448 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30450 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
30457 \begin_layout Standard
30458 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
30459 \begin_inset space ~
30463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30465 reference "sub:Special-Character"
30472 \begin_layout Subsection
30474 \begin_inset Index idx
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30484 \begin_inset Index idx
30487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 Document ! Settings
30494 \begin_inset Index idx
30497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30498 Document ! Language
30506 \begin_layout Standard
30509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30512 dialog lets you set
30514 the language and character encoding for your language.
30518 \begin_layout Standard
30519 Choose your language in the
30523 section of this dialog.
30531 \begin_layout Standard
30536 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
30541 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
30542 For details about the different encoding options see section
30543 \begin_inset space ~
30547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30549 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30556 \begin_layout Subsection
30557 Keyboard mapping configuration
30558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30560 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
30567 \begin_layout Standard
30568 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30569 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30570 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30571 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30572 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30574 \begin_inset space ~
30578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30580 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30585 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30586 which one you want to use.
30589 \begin_layout Standard
30590 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30591 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30592 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30593 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30594 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30595 one to support the characters you want.
30596 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30603 \begin_layout Subsection
30607 \begin_layout Standard
30609 \begin_inset space ~
30613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30615 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30624 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30628 \begin_layout Standard
30629 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30630 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30638 \begin_layout Itemize
30639 Even if you have selected
30645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30648 dialog, users who have only the
30652 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30656 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30657 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30658 french quotes won't show up.
30661 \begin_layout Standard
30662 \begin_inset Float table
30667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30668 \begin_inset Caption
30670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30673 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30691 \begin_inset Tabular
30692 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30693 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30699 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30709 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30710 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35123 \begin_layout Standard
35124 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35126 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35127 also the characters from
35139 \begin_layout Itemize
35148 \begin_layout Standard
35149 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
35150 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35156 \begin_layout Standard
35157 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
35158 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35164 \begin_layout Standard
35165 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
35166 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35172 \begin_layout Standard
35173 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
35174 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35180 \begin_layout Standard
35182 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35188 \begin_layout Standard
35190 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35196 \begin_layout Standard
35198 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35205 \begin_layout Itemize
35218 \begin_layout Standard
35220 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35226 \begin_layout Standard
35228 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35234 \begin_layout Standard
35236 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35244 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35250 \begin_layout Standard
35252 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35258 \begin_layout Standard
35260 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35267 \begin_layout Standard
35268 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
35269 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
35270 Also make sure you're using the
35277 \begin_layout Chapter
35280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35282 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
35289 \begin_layout Standard
35290 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
35291 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
35292 topic inside the user's guide.
35295 \begin_layout Section
35297 \begin_inset Index idx
35300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35309 \begin_layout Standard
35314 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
35315 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
35318 \begin_layout Subsection
35322 \begin_layout Standard
35323 Creates a new document.
35326 \begin_layout Subsection
35330 \begin_layout Standard
35331 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
35332 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
35333 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
35336 \begin_layout Subsection
35340 \begin_layout Standard
35344 \begin_layout Subsection
35348 \begin_layout Standard
35349 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
35350 Click there on a file to open it.
35353 \begin_layout Subsection
35357 \begin_layout Standard
35358 Closes the current document.
35361 \begin_layout Subsection
35365 \begin_layout Standard
35366 Closes all opened documents.
35369 \begin_layout Subsection
35373 \begin_layout Standard
35374 Saves the actual document.
35377 \begin_layout Subsection
35381 \begin_layout Standard
35382 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
35385 \begin_layout Subsection
35389 \begin_layout Standard
35390 Saves all opened documents.
35393 \begin_layout Subsection
35397 \begin_layout Standard
35398 Reloads the actual document from disk.
35401 \begin_layout Subsection
35405 \begin_layout Standard
35406 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
35407 It is described in the section
35409 Version Control in LyX
35413 Additional Features
35418 \begin_layout Subsection
35422 \begin_layout Standard
35423 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
35424 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
35425 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
35426 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
35429 \begin_layout Standard
35430 When using the menu entry
35433 \begin_inset space ~
35438 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
35442 \begin_inset space ~
35446 \begin_inset space ~
35451 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
35452 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
35455 \begin_layout Subsection
35457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35466 \begin_layout Standard
35467 You can export your document to various file formats.
35468 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
35469 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
35470 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
35473 \begin_layout Standard
35474 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35482 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35489 \begin_layout Description
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35498 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
35500 \begin_inset Newline newline
35503 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
35506 \begin_layout Description
35514 \begin_layout Description
35515 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
35519 \begin_layout Description
35521 \begin_inset space ~
35525 \begin_inset space ~
35528 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
35532 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
35540 \begin_layout Description
35547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35555 \begin_inset space ~
35560 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
35561 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
35565 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35568 \begin_layout Description
35575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35583 \begin_inset space ~
35588 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35589 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35597 \begin_layout Description
35599 \begin_inset space ~
35602 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35610 is replaced by the version number)
35613 \begin_layout Description
35614 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35617 \begin_layout Description
35618 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35631 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35635 \begin_layout Description
35639 \begin_inset space ~
35644 PDF-format using the program
35649 \begin_layout Description
35653 \begin_inset space ~
35658 PDF-format using the program
35663 \begin_layout Description
35667 \begin_inset space ~
35672 PDF-format using the program
35677 \begin_layout Description
35681 \begin_inset space ~
35689 \begin_layout Description
35693 \begin_inset space ~
35697 \begin_inset space ~
35702 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35703 and then exported as text using the program
35708 \begin_layout Description
35713 PostScript format using the program
35718 \begin_layout Description
35726 \begin_layout Standard
35731 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35732 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35738 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35741 \begin_layout Standard
35742 If one of the menu entries
35749 \begin_inset space ~
35758 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35759 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35760 \begin_inset space ~
35764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35766 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35771 \begin_inset Index idx
35774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35775 Reconfiguration of LyX
35783 \begin_layout Standard
35788 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35789 the export program.
35792 \begin_layout Subsection
35796 \begin_layout Standard
35797 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35798 format or send it to a printer.
35799 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35800 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35806 For more information have a look at section
35807 \begin_inset space ~
35811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35813 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35820 \begin_layout Subsection
35824 \begin_layout Standard
35825 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35826 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35827 prefix, see section
35828 \begin_inset space ~
35832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35834 reference "sec:Paths"
35839 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35848 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35849 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35850 \begin_inset space ~
35854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35856 reference "sub:Converters"
35863 \begin_layout Subsection
35864 New and Close Window
35867 \begin_layout Standard
35868 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35871 \begin_layout Subsection
35875 \begin_layout Standard
35876 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35879 \begin_layout Section
35881 \begin_inset Index idx
35884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35893 \begin_layout Subsection
35897 \begin_layout Standard
35898 Described in section
35899 \begin_inset space ~
35903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35905 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35912 \begin_layout Subsection
35913 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35916 \begin_layout Standard
35917 Described in section
35918 \begin_inset space ~
35922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35924 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35931 \begin_layout Subsection
35935 \begin_layout Standard
35936 Selects the whole document.
35939 \begin_layout Subsection
35943 \begin_layout Standard
35944 Described in section
35945 \begin_inset space ~
35949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35951 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35958 \begin_layout Subsection
35959 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35962 \begin_layout Standard
35963 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35967 \begin_layout Subsection
35971 \begin_layout Standard
35972 Described in section
35973 \begin_inset space ~
35977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35979 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35986 \begin_layout Subsection
35988 \begin_inset Index idx
35991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35992 Paragraph ! Settings
36000 \begin_layout Standard
36001 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36002 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36005 \begin_layout Standard
36006 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36007 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36015 \begin_inset space ~
36023 \begin_layout Subsection
36024 Table Settings and Math
36027 \begin_layout Standard
36028 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36030 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36031 The properties of tables are described in section
36032 \begin_inset space ~
36036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36038 reference "sec:Tables"
36042 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36043 \begin_inset space ~
36047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36049 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36056 \begin_layout Subsection
36057 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36060 \begin_layout Standard
36061 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36062 that can be nested.
36063 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36064 \begin_inset space ~
36068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36070 reference "sec:Nesting"
36075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36077 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36084 \begin_layout Section
36086 \begin_inset Index idx
36089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36098 \begin_layout Standard
36103 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36104 document with an external program.
36105 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36106 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36107 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36108 \begin_inset space ~
36112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36114 reference "sub:Export"
36119 You should at least see the menu entries
36126 \begin_inset space ~
36132 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36133 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36134 \begin_inset space ~
36138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36140 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36145 \begin_inset Index idx
36148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36149 Reconfiguration of LyX
36157 \begin_layout Standard
36158 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
36159 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
36160 \begin_inset space ~
36164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36166 reference "sec:File-Formats"
36171 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
36174 \begin_layout Standard
36175 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
36178 At the bottom of the
36182 menu the opened documents are listed.
36185 \begin_layout Subsection
36186 Open/Close all Insets
36189 \begin_layout Standard
36190 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
36193 \begin_layout Subsection
36194 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
36197 \begin_layout Standard
36198 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
36201 \begin_layout Standard
36202 Math macros are described in the
36209 \begin_layout Subsection
36213 \begin_layout Standard
36214 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
36216 \begin_inset space ~
36220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36222 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
36229 \begin_layout Subsection
36233 \begin_layout Standard
36234 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
36235 opening a new view window.
36238 \begin_layout Subsection
36242 \begin_layout Standard
36243 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
36244 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
36245 view the same document, but at different positions.
36246 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
36247 or more documents at the same time.
36248 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
36255 \begin_layout Subsection
36259 \begin_layout Standard
36260 Closes a split view.
36263 \begin_layout Subsection
36267 \begin_layout Standard
36268 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
36269 so that you will see nothing but your text.
36270 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
36271 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
36272 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
36275 \begin_layout Subsection
36277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36279 name "sub:Toolbars"
36284 \begin_inset Index idx
36287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36296 \begin_layout Standard
36297 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
36298 All toolbars and the
36301 \begin_inset space ~
36306 can be turned on and off.
36311 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
36323 \begin_inset space ~
36332 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
36336 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
36343 \begin_layout Standard
36348 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
36352 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
36353 or when a certain feature is enabled.
36354 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
36355 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
36356 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
36359 \begin_layout Standard
36360 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
36361 \begin_inset space ~
36365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36367 reference "sec:Toolbars"
36374 \begin_layout Section
36376 \begin_inset Index idx
36379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36388 \begin_layout Subsection
36392 \begin_layout Standard
36393 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
36394 \begin_inset space ~
36398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36400 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36411 \begin_layout Subsection
36413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36415 name "sub:Special-Character"
36422 \begin_layout Standard
36423 Here you can insert the following characters:
36426 \begin_layout Description
36427 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
36428 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
36429 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
36430 \begin_inset Newline newline
36434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36442 Not all characters will be visible in the
36446 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
36448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36454 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
36458 ) can display every character.
36466 \begin_layout Description
36467 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
36471 \begin_layout Description
36473 \begin_inset space ~
36477 \begin_inset space ~
36480 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
36481 \begin_inset space ~
36485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36487 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
36494 \begin_layout Description
36496 \begin_inset space ~
36499 Quote Inserts this quote:
36500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36503 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
36505 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36515 \begin_layout Description
36517 \begin_inset space ~
36520 Quote Inserts this quote:
36521 \begin_inset Quotes els
36527 \begin_layout Description
36529 \begin_inset space ~
36532 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
36536 \begin_layout Description
36538 \begin_inset space ~
36541 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
36545 \begin_layout Description
36547 \begin_inset space ~
36550 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36554 \begin_layout Description
36556 \begin_inset space ~
36560 \begin_inset Index idx
36563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36570 \begin_inset Index idx
36573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36574 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36579 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36580 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36581 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36586 \begin_inset Index idx
36589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36590 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36596 \begin_inset Newline newline
36599 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36611 and this Wiki-page:
36612 \begin_inset Newline newline
36616 \begin_inset Flex URL
36619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36621 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36629 \begin_layout Subsection
36633 \begin_layout Standard
36634 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36637 \begin_layout Description
36638 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36639 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36645 \begin_layout Description
36646 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36647 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36653 \begin_layout Description
36655 \begin_inset space ~
36658 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36659 \begin_inset space ~
36663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36665 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36672 \begin_layout Description
36674 \begin_inset space ~
36677 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36678 \begin_inset space ~
36682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36684 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36691 \begin_layout Description
36693 \begin_inset space ~
36696 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36697 \begin_inset space ~
36701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36703 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36710 \begin_layout Description
36712 \begin_inset space ~
36715 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36716 \begin_inset space ~
36720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36722 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36729 \begin_layout Description
36731 \begin_inset space ~
36734 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36735 \begin_inset space ~
36739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36741 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36748 \begin_layout Description
36750 \begin_inset space ~
36753 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36754 \begin_inset space ~
36758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36760 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36767 \begin_layout Description
36769 \begin_inset space ~
36772 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36773 \begin_inset space ~
36777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36779 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36786 \begin_layout Description
36788 \begin_inset space ~
36791 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36792 \begin_inset space ~
36796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36798 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36805 \begin_layout Description
36807 \begin_inset space ~
36811 \begin_inset space ~
36814 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36815 \begin_inset space ~
36819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36821 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36828 \begin_layout Description
36830 \begin_inset space ~
36833 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36834 text line to the page border, see section
36835 \begin_inset space ~
36839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36841 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36848 \begin_layout Description
36850 \begin_inset space ~
36853 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36854 \begin_inset space ~
36858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36860 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36867 \begin_layout Description
36869 \begin_inset space ~
36872 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36873 text page to the page border, described in section
36874 \begin_inset space ~
36878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36880 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36887 \begin_layout Description
36889 \begin_inset space ~
36892 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36893 \begin_inset space ~
36897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36899 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36906 \begin_layout Description
36908 \begin_inset space ~
36912 \begin_inset space ~
36915 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36916 \begin_inset space ~
36920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36922 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36929 \begin_layout Subsection
36933 \begin_layout Standard
36934 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36935 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36937 \begin_inset space ~
36941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36943 reference "sec:toc"
36948 The index list is described in section
36949 \begin_inset space ~
36953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36955 reference "sec:Index"
36959 , the nomenclature in section
36960 \begin_inset space ~
36964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36966 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36970 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36971 \begin_inset space ~
36975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36977 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36984 \begin_layout Subsection
36988 \begin_layout Standard
36989 To insert floats, described in section
36990 \begin_inset space ~
36994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36996 reference "sec:Floats"
37003 \begin_layout Subsection
37007 \begin_layout Standard
37008 To insert notes, described in section
37009 \begin_inset space ~
37013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37015 reference "sec:Notes"
37022 \begin_layout Subsection
37026 \begin_layout Standard
37027 Inserts branch insets as described in section
37028 \begin_inset space ~
37032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37034 reference "sec:Branches"
37041 \begin_layout Subsection
37045 \begin_layout Standard
37046 Inserts document class-specific insets.
37047 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
37049 An example is the document class
37050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37057 with three custom insets.
37060 Flex insets and InsetLayout
37066 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
37069 \begin_layout Subsection
37071 \begin_inset Index idx
37074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37083 \begin_layout Standard
37084 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
37085 files in your document.
37086 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
37097 \begin_layout Subsection
37099 \begin_inset Index idx
37102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37111 \begin_layout Standard
37112 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
37113 \begin_inset space ~
37117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37119 reference "sec:Minipages"
37124 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
37135 \begin_layout Subsection
37139 \begin_layout Standard
37140 Inserts a citation as described in section
37141 \begin_inset space ~
37145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37147 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37154 \begin_layout Subsection
37158 \begin_layout Standard
37159 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
37160 \begin_inset space ~
37164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37166 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37173 \begin_layout Subsection
37177 \begin_layout Standard
37178 Inserts a label as described in section
37179 \begin_inset space ~
37183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37185 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37192 \begin_layout Subsection
37194 \begin_inset Index idx
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37204 \begin_inset Index idx
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37208 Longtables ! Caption
37216 \begin_layout Standard
37217 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
37218 Floats are described in section
37219 \begin_inset space ~
37223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37225 reference "sec:Floats"
37229 , captions in longtables are described in the section
37240 \begin_layout Subsection
37244 \begin_layout Standard
37245 Inserts an index entry as described in section
37246 \begin_inset space ~
37250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37252 reference "sec:Index"
37259 \begin_layout Subsection
37263 \begin_layout Standard
37264 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
37265 \begin_inset space ~
37269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37271 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37278 \begin_layout Subsection
37282 \begin_layout Standard
37284 Tables are described in section
37285 \begin_inset space ~
37289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37291 reference "sec:Tables"
37298 \begin_layout Subsection
37302 \begin_layout Standard
37304 Graphics are described in section
37305 \begin_inset space ~
37309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37311 reference "sec:Graphics"
37318 \begin_layout Subsection
37322 \begin_layout Standard
37323 Inserts an URL as described in section
37324 \begin_inset space ~
37328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37330 reference "sub:URLs"
37337 \begin_layout Subsection
37341 \begin_layout Standard
37342 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
37343 \begin_inset space ~
37347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37349 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
37356 \begin_layout Subsection
37360 \begin_layout Standard
37361 Inserts a footnote, see section
37362 \begin_inset space ~
37366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37368 reference "sec:Footnotes"
37375 \begin_layout Subsection
37379 \begin_layout Standard
37380 Inserts a marginal note, see section
37381 \begin_inset space ~
37385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37387 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
37394 \begin_layout Subsection
37398 \begin_layout Standard
37399 Inserts a short title, see section
37400 \begin_inset space ~
37404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37406 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
37413 \begin_layout Subsection
37417 \begin_layout Standard
37418 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
37419 \begin_inset space ~
37423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37425 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
37432 \begin_layout Subsection
37434 \begin_inset Index idx
37437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37446 \begin_layout Standard
37447 Inserts a program listings box.
37448 Program listings are explained in the chapter
37450 Program Code Listings
37459 \begin_layout Subsection
37463 \begin_layout Standard
37464 Inserts the actual date.
37465 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
37467 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
37479 \begin_layout Section
37481 \begin_inset Index idx
37484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37493 \begin_layout Standard
37494 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
37495 \begin_inset space ~
37498 of the current document.
37499 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
37502 \begin_layout Subsection
37506 \begin_layout Standard
37507 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
37508 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
37510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37514 \begin_inset space \space{}
37518 \begin_inset space ~
37522 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
37523 \begin_inset space ~
37526 2.5 and use the menu
37529 \begin_inset space ~
37533 \begin_inset space ~
37540 \begin_inset space ~
37546 \begin_inset space ~
37550 \begin_inset space ~
37556 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37560 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37566 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37572 \begin_layout Standard
37573 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37574 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37577 \begin_layout Subsection
37578 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37581 \begin_layout Standard
37582 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37586 \begin_layout Subsection
37590 \begin_layout Standard
37591 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37592 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37593 on a cross-reference box.
37596 \begin_layout Section
37598 \begin_inset Index idx
37601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37610 \begin_layout Subsection
37614 \begin_layout Standard
37615 Change Tracking is described in section
37616 \begin_inset space ~
37620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37622 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37629 \begin_layout Subsection
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37644 \begin_layout Standard
37645 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37647 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37650 \begin_layout Standard
37651 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37656 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37659 \begin_layout Subsection
37663 \begin_layout Standard
37664 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37665 \begin_inset space ~
37669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37671 reference "sec:Navigating"
37676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37678 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37685 \begin_layout Subsection
37686 Start Appendix Here
37689 \begin_layout Standard
37690 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37691 position as described in section
37692 \begin_inset space ~
37696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37698 reference "sec:Appendices"
37705 \begin_layout Subsection
37709 \begin_layout Standard
37710 Un/compresses the current document.
37713 \begin_layout Subsection
37717 \begin_layout Standard
37718 The document settings are described in appendix
37719 \begin_inset space ~
37723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37725 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37732 \begin_layout Section
37734 \begin_inset Index idx
37737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37746 \begin_layout Subsection
37750 \begin_layout Standard
37751 Spell checking is explained in section
37752 \begin_inset space ~
37756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37758 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37765 \begin_layout Subsection
37769 \begin_layout Standard
37770 The thesaurus is described in section
37771 \begin_inset space ~
37775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37777 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37784 \begin_layout Subsection
37786 \begin_inset Index idx
37789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37796 \begin_inset Index idx
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37808 \begin_layout Standard
37809 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37810 highlighted document part.
37813 \begin_layout Subsection
37815 \begin_inset Index idx
37818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37827 \begin_layout Standard
37828 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37831 \begin_layout Subsection
37833 \begin_inset Index idx
37836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37837 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37848 Reconfiguration of LyX
37852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37865 \begin_inset Index idx
37868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37869 Reconfiguration of LyX
37877 \begin_layout Standard
37878 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37879 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37880 \begin_inset space ~
37884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37886 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37893 \begin_layout Subsection
37897 \begin_layout Standard
37898 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37899 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37905 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37912 \begin_layout Section
37914 \begin_inset Index idx
37917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37926 \begin_layout Standard
37927 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37931 \begin_layout Standard
37935 \begin_inset space ~
37940 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37941 found by LyX (see also section
37942 \begin_inset space ~
37946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37948 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37955 \begin_layout Section
37957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37959 name "sec:Toolbars"
37966 \begin_layout Standard
37967 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37968 \begin_inset space ~
37972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37974 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37981 \begin_layout Standard
37982 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37983 This is described in the
37985 Additional Features
37990 \begin_layout Subsection
37992 \begin_inset Index idx
37995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38004 \begin_layout Standard
38005 \begin_inset Graphics
38006 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38014 \begin_layout Standard
38015 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38021 \begin_layout Standard
38022 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38039 \begin_inset Note Note
38042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38043 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38048 manual for more information.
38056 \begin_layout Standard
38057 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38063 \begin_layout Standard
38064 \begin_inset Tabular
38065 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38066 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38068 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 \begin_inset Graphics
38075 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38089 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38102 \begin_layout Standard
38103 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38109 \begin_layout Standard
38111 \begin_inset Tabular
38112 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
38113 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38114 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38115 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38116 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38123 \begin_inset Graphics
38124 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38139 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38151 \begin_inset Graphics
38152 filename ../images/file-open.png
38161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38167 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38174 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38179 \begin_inset Graphics
38180 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
38189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38195 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38202 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38207 \begin_inset Graphics
38208 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
38217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 \begin_inset Graphics
38236 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
38245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38251 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38263 \begin_inset Graphics
38264 filename ../images/undo.png
38273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38279 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 \begin_inset Graphics
38292 filename ../images/redo.png
38301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38319 \begin_inset Graphics
38320 filename ../images/cut.png
38329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38335 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 \begin_inset Graphics
38348 filename ../images/copy.png
38357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38370 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38375 \begin_inset Graphics
38376 filename ../images/paste.png
38385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38391 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38403 \begin_inset Graphics
38404 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38405 rotateOrigin center
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38440 \begin_inset Graphics
38441 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
38442 rotateOrigin center
38451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38457 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38458 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38470 \begin_inset Graphics
38471 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38484 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38486 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38488 \begin_inset space ~
38499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38504 \begin_inset Graphics
38505 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38518 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38520 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38522 \begin_inset space ~
38533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38538 \begin_inset Graphics
38539 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38552 Formats text using the current settings in the
38554 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38556 \begin_inset space ~
38567 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38572 \begin_inset Graphics
38573 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38589 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38591 \begin_inset space ~
38600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38605 \begin_inset Graphics
38606 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38607 rotateOrigin center
38616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38629 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38634 \begin_inset Graphics
38635 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38636 rotateOrigin center
38645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38663 \begin_inset Graphics
38664 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38665 rotateOrigin center
38674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38678 Toggle outline window on/off,
38680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38692 \begin_inset Graphics
38693 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38694 rotateOrigin center
38703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38707 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38718 \begin_inset Graphics
38719 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38720 rotateOrigin center
38729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38733 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38746 \begin_layout Subsection
38748 \begin_inset Index idx
38751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38760 \begin_layout Standard
38761 \begin_inset Graphics
38762 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38770 \begin_layout Standard
38771 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38777 \begin_layout Standard
38778 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38782 \begin_layout Standard
38783 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38789 \begin_layout Standard
38790 \begin_inset Tabular
38791 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38792 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38793 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38794 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38795 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38800 \begin_inset Graphics
38801 filename ../images/layout.png
38802 rotateOrigin center
38811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38821 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38826 \begin_inset Graphics
38827 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38828 rotateOrigin center
38837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38852 \begin_inset Graphics
38853 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38854 rotateOrigin center
38863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38873 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38878 \begin_inset Graphics
38879 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38880 rotateOrigin center
38889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38904 \begin_inset Graphics
38905 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38906 rotateOrigin center
38915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38930 \begin_inset Graphics
38931 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38932 rotateOrigin center
38941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38947 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38949 \begin_inset space ~
38953 \begin_inset space ~
38962 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38967 \begin_inset Graphics
38968 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38969 rotateOrigin center
38978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38984 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38986 \begin_inset space ~
38990 \begin_inset space ~
38999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39004 \begin_inset Graphics
39005 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39021 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39033 \begin_inset Graphics
39034 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39049 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39050 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39057 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39062 \begin_inset Graphics
39063 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39090 \begin_inset Graphics
39091 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39118 \begin_inset Graphics
39119 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39146 \begin_inset Graphics
39147 filename ../images/index-insert.png
39156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39164 \begin_inset space ~
39173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39178 \begin_inset Graphics
39179 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
39188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39196 \begin_inset space ~
39205 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39210 \begin_inset Graphics
39211 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
39220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39233 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39238 \begin_inset Graphics
39239 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
39240 rotateOrigin center
39249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39257 \begin_inset space ~
39266 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39271 \begin_inset Graphics
39272 filename ../images/note-insert.png
39281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39288 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39290 \begin_inset space ~
39299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39304 \begin_inset Graphics
39305 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39332 \begin_inset Graphics
39333 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39360 \begin_inset Graphics
39361 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39403 \begin_inset Graphics
39404 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39420 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39432 \begin_inset Graphics
39433 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39449 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39451 \begin_inset space ~
39460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39465 \begin_inset Graphics
39466 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39467 rotateOrigin center
39476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39482 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39484 \begin_inset space ~
39493 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39498 \begin_inset Graphics
39499 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39500 rotateOrigin center
39509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39515 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39517 \begin_inset space ~
39526 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39531 \begin_inset Graphics
39532 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39533 rotateOrigin center
39542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39548 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39562 \begin_layout Subsection
39563 View / Update Toolbar
39564 \begin_inset Index idx
39567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39568 Toolbar ! View / Update
39576 \begin_layout Standard
39577 \begin_inset Graphics
39578 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39585 \begin_layout Standard
39586 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39592 \begin_layout Standard
39593 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39597 \begin_layout Standard
39598 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39604 \begin_layout Standard
39605 \begin_inset Tabular
39606 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39607 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39608 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39609 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39615 \begin_inset Graphics
39616 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39617 rotateOrigin center
39626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39632 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39644 \begin_inset Graphics
39645 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39646 rotateOrigin center
39655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39661 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39662 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39669 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39674 \begin_inset Graphics
39675 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39676 rotateOrigin center
39685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39691 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39698 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39703 \begin_inset Graphics
39704 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39705 rotateOrigin center
39714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39720 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39721 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39728 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39733 \begin_inset Graphics
39734 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39735 rotateOrigin center
39744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39750 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39762 \begin_inset Graphics
39763 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39764 rotateOrigin center
39773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39779 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39780 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39794 \begin_layout Subsection
39798 \begin_layout Standard
39799 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39800 \begin_inset space ~
39804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39806 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39810 , the table toolbar
39811 \begin_inset Index idx
39814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39824 manual, the math macro toolbar
39825 \begin_inset Index idx
39828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39841 \begin_layout Chapter
39842 The Document Settings
39843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39845 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39850 \begin_inset Index idx
39853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39854 Document ! Settings
39862 \begin_layout Standard
39863 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39864 whole document and is called with the menu
39866 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39870 You can save your document settings as default with th
39872 e Save as Document Defaults
39874 button in the dialog.
39875 This will create a template name
39883 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39887 \begin_layout Standard
39888 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39891 \begin_layout Section
39895 \begin_layout Standard
39896 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39898 Document classes are described in section
39899 \begin_inset space ~
39903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39905 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39910 Some classes use some class options by default.
39911 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39915 and you can decide to use them or not.
39916 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39917 recommended not to touch them.
39918 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39924 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39925 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39931 When you want one of the following drivers
39932 \begin_inset Newline newline
39935 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39936 \begin_inset Newline newline
39939 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39944 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39946 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39958 \begin_layout Standard
39959 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39960 child or subdocument.
39961 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39962 without its master.
39963 This way child documents are always compilable.
39964 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39975 \begin_layout Section
39979 \begin_layout Standard
39980 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
39981 Please refer to the section
39989 manual for details.
39992 \begin_layout Section
39996 \begin_layout Standard
39997 Modules are explained in section
39998 \begin_inset space ~
40002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40004 reference "sub:Modules"
40011 \begin_layout Section
40015 \begin_layout Standard
40016 The document font settings are described in section
40017 \begin_inset space ~
40021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40023 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
40030 \begin_layout Section
40034 \begin_layout Standard
40035 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
40037 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
40041 \begin_layout Standard
40042 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
40043 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
40044 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
40047 \begin_layout Standard
40048 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
40056 \begin_layout Section
40060 \begin_layout Standard
40061 A description of this menu is given in section
40062 \begin_inset space ~
40066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40068 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
40073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40075 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
40082 \begin_layout Section
40086 \begin_layout Standard
40087 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40094 reference "sub:Margins"
40101 \begin_layout Section
40103 \begin_inset Index idx
40106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40107 Language ! Encoding
40115 \begin_layout Standard
40116 The document language and quote styles are set here.
40117 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
40118 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
40119 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
40120 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
40121 known for a particular character).
40125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40126 The known commands are defined in a text file.
40127 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
40132 manual for details.
40140 \begin_layout Standard
40141 If you use the option
40145 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
40146 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
40147 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
40148 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
40149 exactly one encoding.
40150 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
40153 \begin_layout Standard
40154 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
40155 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
40156 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
40157 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
40158 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
40159 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
40164 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
40165 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
40166 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
40167 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
40168 engines to standard LaTeX.
40169 Both engines support Unicode natively.
40170 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
40173 \begin_inset space ~
40180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40192 \begin_inset space ~
40199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40211 \begin_inset space ~
40217 \begin_inset space ~
40221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40223 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
40227 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
40230 \begin_layout Standard
40231 Here is a list with the important encodings:
40234 \begin_layout Description
40236 \begin_inset space ~
40240 \begin_inset space ~
40244 \begin_inset space ~
40251 , but the LaTeX-package
40256 \begin_inset Index idx
40259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40260 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40266 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
40267 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
40268 languages in TeX code.
40271 \begin_layout Description
40272 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
40273 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
40274 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
40277 \begin_layout Description
40279 \begin_inset space ~
40283 \begin_inset space ~
40286 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
40289 \begin_layout Description
40291 \begin_inset space ~
40295 \begin_inset space ~
40298 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
40301 \begin_layout Description
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40306 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
40309 \begin_layout Description
40311 \begin_inset space ~
40315 \begin_inset space ~
40318 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
40319 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
40322 \begin_layout Description
40324 \begin_inset space ~
40328 \begin_inset space ~
40331 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
40335 \begin_layout Description
40337 \begin_inset space ~
40341 \begin_inset space ~
40344 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
40345 ISO-8859-13 encoding
40348 \begin_layout Description
40350 \begin_inset space ~
40354 \begin_inset space ~
40358 \begin_inset space ~
40361 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
40362 \begin_inset space ~
40368 \begin_layout Description
40370 \begin_inset space ~
40374 \begin_inset space ~
40378 \begin_inset space ~
40381 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
40382 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
40385 \begin_layout Description
40387 \begin_inset space ~
40391 \begin_inset space ~
40394 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
40395 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
40396 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
40397 \begin_inset space ~
40401 \begin_inset space ~
40407 \begin_layout Description
40409 \begin_inset space ~
40413 \begin_inset space ~
40416 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
40417 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
40418 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
40419 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
40420 \begin_inset space ~
40424 \begin_inset space ~
40430 \begin_layout Description
40432 \begin_inset space ~
40436 \begin_inset space ~
40439 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
40442 \begin_layout Description
40444 \begin_inset space ~
40448 \begin_inset space ~
40451 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
40454 \begin_layout Description
40456 \begin_inset space ~
40460 \begin_inset space ~
40463 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
40466 \begin_layout Description
40468 \begin_inset space ~
40471 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
40474 \begin_layout Description
40476 \begin_inset space ~
40479 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
40482 \begin_layout Description
40484 \begin_inset space ~
40488 \begin_inset space ~
40491 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
40494 \begin_layout Description
40496 \begin_inset space ~
40500 \begin_inset space ~
40506 \begin_layout Description
40508 \begin_inset space ~
40512 \begin_inset space ~
40515 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
40518 \begin_layout Description
40520 \begin_inset space ~
40524 \begin_inset space ~
40530 \begin_layout Description
40532 \begin_inset space ~
40536 \begin_inset space ~
40539 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40544 \begin_inset Index idx
40547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40553 , when using this, set the document language to
40558 \begin_layout Description
40560 \begin_inset space ~
40564 \begin_inset space ~
40567 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40571 , when using this, set the document language to
40574 \begin_inset space ~
40580 \begin_layout Description
40582 \begin_inset space ~
40586 \begin_inset space ~
40589 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40594 \begin_inset Index idx
40597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40598 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40603 , when using this, set the document language to
40608 \begin_layout Description
40610 \begin_inset space ~
40614 \begin_inset space ~
40617 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40621 , when using this, set the document language to
40626 \begin_layout Description
40628 \begin_inset space ~
40632 \begin_inset space ~
40635 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40639 , when using this, set the document language to
40644 \begin_layout Description
40646 \begin_inset space ~
40649 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40652 \begin_layout Description
40654 \begin_inset space ~
40658 \begin_inset space ~
40662 \begin_inset space ~
40665 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
40668 \begin_layout Description
40670 \begin_inset space ~
40674 \begin_inset space ~
40678 \begin_inset space ~
40681 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40682 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
40683 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40686 \begin_layout Description
40688 \begin_inset space ~
40692 \begin_inset space ~
40698 \begin_layout Description
40700 \begin_inset space ~
40704 \begin_inset space ~
40707 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40708 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40711 \begin_layout Description
40713 \begin_inset space ~
40717 \begin_inset space ~
40720 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40725 \begin_inset Index idx
40728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40734 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40737 \begin_layout Description
40739 \begin_inset space ~
40743 \begin_inset space ~
40746 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40754 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40759 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
40761 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
40764 \begin_layout Description
40766 \begin_inset space ~
40770 \begin_inset space ~
40773 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40778 \begin_inset Index idx
40781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40782 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40787 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40790 \begin_layout Description
40792 \begin_inset space ~
40795 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40800 \begin_inset Index idx
40803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40804 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40810 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40814 \begin_layout Description
40816 \begin_inset space ~
40820 \begin_inset space ~
40824 \begin_inset space ~
40827 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40828 \begin_inset space ~
40834 \begin_layout Description
40836 \begin_inset space ~
40840 \begin_inset space ~
40844 \begin_inset space ~
40847 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40848 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40849 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
40853 \begin_layout Description
40855 \begin_inset space ~
40859 \begin_inset space ~
40863 \begin_inset space ~
40866 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40867 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40870 \begin_layout Section
40874 \begin_layout Standard
40875 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40876 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40877 \begin_inset space ~
40881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40883 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40890 \begin_layout Section
40894 \begin_layout Standard
40895 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40900 \begin_inset Index idx
40903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40904 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40914 \begin_inset Index idx
40917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40923 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40928 \begin_inset Index idx
40931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40932 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40937 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40939 For a further description see section
40940 \begin_inset space ~
40944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40946 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40953 \begin_layout Section
40957 \begin_layout Standard
40958 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40959 and you can define additional indexes.
40960 Please refer to section
40961 \begin_inset space ~
40965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40967 reference "sec:Index"
40974 \begin_layout Section
40978 \begin_layout Standard
40979 The PDF properties are explained in section
40980 \begin_inset space ~
40984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40986 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40993 \begin_layout Section
40997 \begin_layout Standard
40998 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
41003 \begin_inset Index idx
41006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41007 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
41017 \begin_inset Index idx
41020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41021 LaTeX-packages ! esint
41026 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
41029 \begin_layout Standard
41034 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
41035 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
41038 \begin_layout Standard
41043 is used for special integral characters.
41046 \begin_layout Section
41050 \begin_layout Standard
41051 The float placement options are described in section
41052 \begin_inset space ~
41056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41058 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
41065 \begin_layout Section
41069 \begin_layout Standard
41070 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
41071 The itemize environment is described in section
41072 \begin_inset space ~
41076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41078 reference "sec:Itemize"
41085 \begin_layout Section
41089 \begin_layout Standard
41090 Branches are described in section
41091 \begin_inset space ~
41095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41097 reference "sec:Branches"
41104 \begin_layout Section
41109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41119 \begin_layout Standard
41120 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
41121 to define LaTeX-commands.
41122 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
41123 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
41127 \begin_layout Standard
41128 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
41129 \begin_inset space ~
41133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41135 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
41142 \begin_layout Chapter
41148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41150 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
41155 \begin_inset Index idx
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41167 \begin_layout Standard
41168 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
41170 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41174 It has the following submenus.
41177 \begin_layout Section
41181 \begin_layout Subsection
41185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41186 User Interface File
41187 \begin_inset Index idx
41190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41191 Customization ! of toolbars
41197 \begin_inset Index idx
41200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 Customization ! of menus
41209 \begin_layout Standard
41210 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41218 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
41227 \begin_layout Standard
41228 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
41229 interface (ui) file.
41230 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
41231 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
41240 Both files are loaded by the
41245 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
41246 files and edit the entries.
41249 \begin_layout Standard
41250 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
41262 entries must be ended with an explicit
41287 and in the case of the
41288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41300 The syntax for the entries is:
41303 \begin_layout Standard
41304 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41332 \begin_layout Standard
41334 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41337 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
41339 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41341 \begin_inset space ~
41349 \begin_layout Standard
41350 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41356 \begin_layout Standard
41357 An example: Assuming you use the menu
41359 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41362 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
41366 \begin_layout Standard
41367 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41391 \begin_layout Standard
41393 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
41396 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
41399 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41403 \begin_layout Standard
41406 Enable tool tips in main work area
41408 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
41412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41416 \begin_layout Standard
41420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41427 restoring of window layout and geometries
41429 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
41430 in the last LyX session.
41433 \begin_layout Standard
41436 Restore cursor positions
41438 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
41442 \begin_layout Standard
41445 Load opened files from last session
41447 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
41450 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41454 name "sub:Backup documents"
41459 \begin_inset Index idx
41462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 \begin_layout Standard
41476 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
41479 \begin_layout Standard
41484 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
41487 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41489 \begin_inset space ~
41497 \begin_layout Standard
41500 Open documents in tabs
41502 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
41506 \begin_layout Subsection
41508 \begin_inset Index idx
41511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41520 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
41527 \begin_layout Standard
41528 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
41531 \begin_layout Standard
41532 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41540 This section only deals with the fonts
41545 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
41548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41549 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41560 \begin_layout Standard
41561 By default, LyX uses
41565 as roman (serif) font,
41573 (depends on the system) as
41576 \begin_inset space ~
41592 \begin_layout Standard
41593 You can change the font size with the
41598 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41599 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41602 \begin_layout Standard
41607 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41608 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41613 points have the size of 1
41614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41618 \begin_inset space ~
41622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41624 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41631 \begin_layout Standard
41636 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41641 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41642 \begin_inset space ~
41646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41648 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41655 \begin_layout Standard
41658 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41660 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41661 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41662 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41663 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41665 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41666 \begin_inset space ~
41672 \begin_layout Subsection
41674 \begin_inset Index idx
41677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41684 \begin_inset Index idx
41687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41696 \begin_layout Standard
41697 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41698 Choose an item in the list and use the
41705 \begin_layout Subsection
41707 \begin_inset Index idx
41710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41719 \begin_layout Standard
41720 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41723 \begin_layout Standard
41728 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41729 This feature is described in section
41730 \begin_inset space ~
41734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41736 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41743 \begin_layout Standard
41747 \begin_inset space ~
41751 \begin_inset space ~
41755 \begin_inset space ~
41760 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41763 \begin_layout Section
41765 \begin_inset Index idx
41768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41777 \begin_layout Subsection
41781 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41785 \begin_layout Standard
41788 Cursor follows scrollbar
41790 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41794 \begin_layout Standard
41797 Sort environments alphabetically
41799 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41802 \begin_layout Standard
41805 Group environments by their category
41807 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41810 \begin_layout Standard
41811 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41823 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41827 \begin_layout Standard
41828 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41833 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41834 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41838 \begin_layout Subsection
41840 \begin_inset Index idx
41843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41850 \begin_inset Index idx
41853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 Settings ! Shortcuts
41862 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41866 \begin_layout Standard
41867 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41868 Several binding files are available:
41871 \begin_layout Description
41872 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41875 \begin_layout Description
41876 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41887 \begin_layout Description
41888 mac.bind set of bindings for
41891 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41899 \begin_layout Standard
41900 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41904 , and bind files for special languages.
41905 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41910 \begin_inset space \space{}
41914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41922 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41926 \begin_layout Standard
41927 Some bind-files, like
41931 , have only a small scope.
41932 When looking at the end of the file
41936 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41939 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41943 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41948 \begin_inset Index idx
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41952 Key Bindings ! Editing
41960 \begin_layout Standard
41961 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41962 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41963 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41966 Show key-bindings containing
41969 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41970 Insert there for example as keyword
41971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41978 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41988 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41989 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41993 that you will find in the
42000 \begin_layout Standard
42002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42006 \begin_inset space \space{}
42017 , select the function and press the
42022 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
42023 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
42024 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
42025 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
42026 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
42028 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
42030 The binding for the function
42034 is an example of this.
42037 \begin_layout Standard
42038 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
42040 The syntax of the entries is:
42043 \begin_layout Standard
42049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42067 \begin_layout Subsection
42069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42071 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
42076 \begin_inset Index idx
42079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42086 \begin_inset Index idx
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42090 Settings ! Keyboard Map
42098 \begin_layout Standard
42099 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
42100 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
42102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42106 \begin_inset space \space{}
42109 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
42110 can use the keyboard map file named
42117 \begin_layout Standard
42118 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
42134 \begin_layout Standard
42135 Besides this, you can specify here the
42137 Wheel scrolling speed
42140 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
42144 \begin_layout Subsection
42146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42148 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
42153 \begin_inset Index idx
42156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42165 \begin_layout Standard
42166 Input completion is described in sec.
42167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42173 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
42178 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
42180 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
42181 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
42185 \begin_layout Section
42187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42194 \begin_inset Index idx
42197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42204 \begin_inset Index idx
42207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42216 \begin_layout Description
42218 \begin_inset space ~
42221 directory This is LyX's working directory.
42222 It is the default when you
42233 \begin_inset space ~
42241 \begin_layout Description
42243 \begin_inset space ~
42246 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
42248 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42250 \begin_inset space ~
42254 \begin_inset space ~
42262 \begin_layout Description
42264 \begin_inset space ~
42267 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
42273 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42277 \begin_inset Newline newline
42281 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42293 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
42301 \begin_layout Description
42303 \begin_inset space ~
42307 \begin_inset Index idx
42310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42316 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
42317 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
42318 \begin_inset space ~
42322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42324 reference "sub:Backup documents"
42332 will be used to save the backups.
42333 \begin_inset Newline newline
42336 The backup files have the ending
42337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42347 \begin_layout Description
42352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42359 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
42360 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
42361 \begin_inset Newline newline
42365 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42373 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
42381 \begin_layout Description
42383 \begin_inset space ~
42386 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
42389 \begin_layout Description
42391 \begin_inset space ~
42394 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
42395 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
42396 to find it on the system.
42397 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
42398 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
42400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42407 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
42408 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
42412 \begin_layout Section
42416 \begin_layout Standard
42417 Here you can insert your name and email address.
42418 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
42420 \begin_inset space ~
42424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42426 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42430 , to mark changes you make as yours.
42433 \begin_layout Section
42435 \begin_inset Index idx
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42439 Language ! Settings
42445 \begin_inset Index idx
42448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42449 Settings ! Language
42457 \begin_layout Subsection
42461 \begin_layout Description
42463 \begin_inset space ~
42467 \begin_inset space ~
42470 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
42471 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
42472 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
42473 You find the actual translation status here:
42474 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42476 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
42477 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
42484 \begin_layout Description
42486 \begin_inset space ~
42489 language is the language used in new documents
42492 \begin_layout Description
42494 \begin_inset space ~
42497 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
42499 The default is the LaTeX-command
42505 that loads the package
42513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42514 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
42515 \begin_inset space ~
42519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42521 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
42531 \begin_inset Newline newline
42538 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
42539 to the document language.
42540 A text label is, for instance, the word
42541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42548 at the beginning of every table caption.
42551 \begin_layout Description
42553 \begin_inset space ~
42556 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42557 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42558 An example is the start command
42564 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42569 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42584 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42589 \begin_layout Description
42591 \begin_inset space ~
42599 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42600 command toggles the package on and off.
42603 \begin_layout Description
42605 \begin_inset space ~
42615 \begin_layout Description
42616 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42617 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42618 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42619 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42626 \begin_layout Description
42628 \begin_inset space ~
42631 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42633 When this option is not set, the
42636 \begin_inset space ~
42641 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42642 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42645 \begin_inset space ~
42653 \begin_layout Description
42655 \begin_inset space ~
42661 \begin_inset space ~
42667 When it is not set, the
42670 \begin_inset space ~
42675 is set to the end of the document.
42678 \begin_layout Description
42680 \begin_inset space ~
42684 \begin_inset space ~
42687 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42688 language will be underlined blue.
42691 \begin_layout Description
42693 \begin_inset space ~
42697 \begin_inset space ~
42700 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42701 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42704 \begin_layout Description
42706 \begin_inset space ~
42709 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42710 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42711 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42712 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42715 \begin_layout Subsection
42719 \begin_layout Standard
42720 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42721 \begin_inset space ~
42725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42727 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42734 \begin_layout Section
42738 \begin_layout Subsection
42740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42747 \begin_inset Index idx
42750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42757 \begin_inset Index idx
42760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42769 \begin_layout Description
42771 \begin_inset space ~
42774 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42775 The name will be used when the
42780 \begin_inset Newline newline
42784 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42792 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42800 \begin_layout Description
42802 \begin_inset space ~
42806 \begin_inset space ~
42810 \begin_inset space ~
42813 printer This option works only for the
42818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42830 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42831 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42834 \begin_layout Description
42836 \begin_inset space ~
42839 command is the command LyX
42840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42847 LaTeX uses for printing.
42848 The default is on most systems
42855 \begin_layout Description
42857 \begin_inset space ~
42861 \begin_inset space ~
42864 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42865 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42866 of the program that provides the
42873 \begin_layout Subsection
42875 \begin_inset Index idx
42878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42885 \begin_inset Index idx
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42889 Settings ! Date format
42897 \begin_layout Standard
42898 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42899 \begin_inset Newline newline
42903 \begin_inset Flex URL
42906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42908 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42914 \begin_inset Newline newline
42917 For example the format
42918 \begin_inset Newline newline
42922 \begin_inset Newline newline
42925 prints the date as day/month/year.
42928 \begin_layout Subsection
42932 \begin_layout Description
42934 \begin_inset space ~
42938 \begin_inset space ~
42941 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42944 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42945 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42947 \begin_inset space ~
42953 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42957 \begin_layout Description
42959 \begin_inset space ~
42962 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42967 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42968 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42971 \begin_layout Subsection
42976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42986 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42991 \begin_inset Index idx
42994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43003 \begin_layout Description
43005 \begin_inset space ~
43012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43020 \begin_inset space ~
43024 \begin_inset space ~
43027 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
43032 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
43054 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
43055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43067 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
43068 LyX sets up in the background.
43069 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
43072 \begin_layout Description
43074 \begin_inset space ~
43078 \begin_inset space ~
43081 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
43086 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
43089 \begin_layout Standard
43090 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
43091 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
43092 manuals of the applications.
43093 Currently the following commands can be set:
43096 \begin_layout Description
43101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43109 \begin_inset space ~
43112 command Command for the program
43116 that is described in the section
43122 Additional Features
43127 \begin_layout Description
43132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43140 \begin_inset space ~
43143 command Command for the program
43147 that generates the bibliography, see section
43148 \begin_inset space ~
43152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43154 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
43161 \begin_layout Description
43163 \begin_inset space ~
43166 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
43167 \begin_inset space ~
43171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43173 reference "sub:Index-Program"
43180 \begin_layout Description
43182 \begin_inset space ~
43185 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
43186 \begin_inset space ~
43190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43192 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
43199 \begin_layout Description
43201 \begin_inset space ~
43205 \begin_inset space ~
43209 \begin_inset space ~
43213 \begin_inset space ~
43216 options They only have an effect when the program
43220 is used as DVI-viewer.
43223 \begin_layout Standard
43224 There are additionally the following options:
43227 \begin_layout Description
43229 \begin_inset space ~
43233 \begin_inset space ~
43237 \begin_inset space ~
43241 \begin_inset space ~
43245 \begin_inset space ~
43248 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
43249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43266 to separate folders.
43267 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
43268 \begin_inset Index idx
43271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43278 \begin_inset Index idx
43281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43290 \begin_layout Description
43292 \begin_inset space ~
43296 \begin_inset space ~
43300 \begin_inset space ~
43304 \begin_inset space ~
43308 \begin_inset space ~
43312 \begin_inset space ~
43315 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
43317 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43320 dialog when changing the document class.
43323 \begin_layout Section
43325 \begin_inset space ~
43329 \begin_inset Index idx
43332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43341 \begin_layout Subsection
43343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43345 name "sub:Converters"
43350 \begin_inset Index idx
43353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43362 \begin_layout Standard
43363 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
43364 from one format to another.
43365 You can modify them or create new ones.
43366 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
43373 \begin_inset space ~
43383 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
43387 \begin_inset space ~
43392 drop-down list, modify the
43396 field, and press the
43403 \begin_layout Standard
43406 Converter File Cache
43408 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
43411 Maximum Age (in days
43414 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
43415 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
43418 \begin_layout Standard
43419 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
43420 the converter definition, is described in the section
43431 \begin_layout Subsection
43433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43435 name "sec:File-Formats"
43440 \begin_inset Index idx
43443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43450 \begin_inset Index idx
43453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43462 \begin_layout Standard
43463 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
43464 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
43468 \begin_layout Standard
43469 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
43470 is described in the section
43481 \begin_layout Standard
43482 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
43483 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
43484 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
43485 This is done by specifying a
43490 More about this is described in the section
43501 \begin_layout Chapter
43502 Units available in LyX
43503 \begin_inset Index idx
43506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43515 name "cha:Units-available-in"
43522 \begin_layout Standard
43523 To understand the units described in this documentation,
43524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43526 reference "cap:Units"
43530 explains all units available in LyX.
43533 \begin_layout Standard
43534 \begin_inset Float table
43540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43541 \begin_inset Caption
43543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43559 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43567 \begin_inset Tabular
43568 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43569 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43671 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43722 scaled point (65536
43723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43783 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43787 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43838 % of original image width
43845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44052 \begin_layout Chapter
44054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44063 \begin_layout Standard
44064 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
44065 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
44068 \begin_layout Itemize
44071 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
44074 \begin_layout Itemize
44080 \begin_layout Itemize
44086 \begin_layout Itemize
44092 \begin_layout Itemize
44098 \begin_layout Itemize
44104 \begin_layout Itemize
44110 \begin_layout Itemize
44116 \begin_layout Itemize
44119 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
44122 \begin_layout Itemize
44128 \begin_layout Itemize
44134 \begin_layout Itemize
44140 \begin_layout Itemize
44146 \begin_layout Itemize
44152 \begin_layout Itemize
44158 \begin_layout Itemize
44164 \begin_layout Itemize
44170 \begin_layout Itemize
44172 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44181 \begin_layout Standard
44182 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44185 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
44192 \begin_layout Bibliography
44193 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44194 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44195 LatexCommand bibitem
44202 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44205 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
44210 \begin_inset Newline newline
44214 \begin_inset Flex URL
44217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44219 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
44227 \begin_layout Bibliography
44228 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44229 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44230 LatexCommand bibitem
44231 key "latexcompanion"
44235 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
44237 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
44240 Addison-Wesley, 2004
44243 \begin_layout Bibliography
44244 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44245 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44246 LatexCommand bibitem
44251 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
44254 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
44257 Addison-Wesley, 2003
44260 \begin_layout Bibliography
44261 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44262 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44263 LatexCommand bibitem
44270 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
44273 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
44276 \begin_layout Bibliography
44277 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44278 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44279 LatexCommand bibitem
44291 Addison-Wesley, 1984
44294 \begin_layout Bibliography
44295 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44296 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44297 LatexCommand bibitem
44303 \begin_inset Newline newline
44307 \begin_inset Flex URL
44310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44312 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
44320 \begin_layout Bibliography
44321 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44322 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44323 LatexCommand bibitem
44329 \begin_inset Newline newline
44333 \begin_inset Flex URL
44336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44338 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
44346 \begin_layout Bibliography
44347 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44348 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44349 LatexCommand bibitem
44355 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44357 name "Documentation"
44358 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
44367 \begin_inset Newline newline
44371 \begin_inset Flex URL
44374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44376 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
44384 \begin_layout Bibliography
44385 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44386 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44387 LatexCommand bibitem
44393 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44395 name "Documentation"
44396 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
44400 how to use the program
44405 \begin_inset Newline newline
44409 \begin_inset Flex URL
44412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44414 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
44422 \begin_layout Bibliography
44423 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44424 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44425 LatexCommand bibitem
44431 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44433 name "Documentation"
44434 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
44443 \begin_inset Newline newline
44447 \begin_inset Flex URL
44450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44452 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
44460 \begin_layout Bibliography
44461 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44462 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44463 LatexCommand bibitem
44469 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44471 name "Documentation"
44472 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
44481 \begin_inset Newline newline
44485 \begin_inset Flex URL
44488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44490 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
44498 \begin_layout Bibliography
44499 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44500 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44501 LatexCommand bibitem
44507 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44509 name "Documentation"
44510 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
44514 of the LaTeX-package
44519 \begin_inset Index idx
44522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44523 LaTeX-packages ! caption
44529 \begin_inset Newline newline
44533 \begin_inset Flex URL
44536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44538 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
44546 \begin_layout Bibliography
44547 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44548 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44549 LatexCommand bibitem
44555 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44557 name "Documentation"
44558 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44562 of the LaTeX-package
44567 \begin_inset Index idx
44570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44571 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44577 \begin_inset Newline newline
44581 \begin_inset Flex URL
44584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44586 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44594 \begin_layout Bibliography
44595 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44596 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44597 LatexCommand bibitem
44605 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44607 name "Documentation"
44608 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44614 of the LaTeX-package
44619 \begin_inset Index idx
44622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44623 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44629 \begin_inset Newline newline
44633 \begin_inset Flex URL
44636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44638 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44646 \begin_layout Bibliography
44647 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44648 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44649 LatexCommand bibitem
44655 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44657 name "Documentation"
44658 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44662 of the LaTeX-package
44667 \begin_inset Index idx
44670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44671 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44677 \begin_inset Newline newline
44681 \begin_inset Flex URL
44684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44686 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44694 \begin_layout Bibliography
44695 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44697 LatexCommand bibitem
44703 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44705 name "Documentation"
44706 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44710 of the LaTeX-package
44715 \begin_inset Index idx
44718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44719 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44725 \begin_inset Newline newline
44729 \begin_inset Flex URL
44732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44734 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44742 \begin_layout Bibliography
44743 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44744 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44745 LatexCommand bibitem
44751 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44753 name "Documentation"
44754 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44758 of the LaTeX-package
44763 \begin_inset Index idx
44766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44767 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44773 \begin_inset Newline newline
44777 \begin_inset Flex URL
44780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44782 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44790 \begin_layout Bibliography
44791 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44792 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44793 LatexCommand bibitem
44799 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44802 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44806 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44807 \begin_inset Newline newline
44811 \begin_inset Flex URL
44814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44816 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44824 \begin_layout Bibliography
44825 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44826 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44827 LatexCommand bibitem
44833 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44836 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44840 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44841 \begin_inset Newline newline
44845 \begin_inset Flex URL
44848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44850 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44858 \begin_layout Bibliography
44859 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44860 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44861 LatexCommand bibitem
44867 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44870 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44874 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44875 \begin_inset Newline newline
44879 \begin_inset Flex URL
44882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44884 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44892 \begin_layout Bibliography
44893 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44894 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44895 LatexCommand bibitem
44901 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44904 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44908 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44909 \begin_inset Newline newline
44913 \begin_inset Flex URL
44916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44918 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44926 \begin_layout Bibliography
44927 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44928 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44929 LatexCommand bibitem
44935 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44938 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44942 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44943 \begin_inset Newline newline
44947 \begin_inset Flex URL
44950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44952 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44960 \begin_layout Bibliography
44961 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44962 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44963 LatexCommand bibitem
44969 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44972 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44976 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44977 \begin_inset Newline newline
44981 \begin_inset Flex URL
44984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44986 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44994 \begin_layout Bibliography
44995 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44996 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44997 LatexCommand bibitem
45003 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45006 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
45010 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
45011 \begin_inset Newline newline
45015 \begin_inset Flex URL
45018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45020 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
45028 \begin_layout Bibliography
45029 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45030 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45031 LatexCommand bibitem
45037 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45040 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
45044 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
45045 \begin_inset Newline newline
45049 \begin_inset Flex URL
45052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45054 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
45062 \begin_layout Bibliography
45063 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45064 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45065 LatexCommand bibitem
45071 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45074 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
45078 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
45079 \begin_inset Newline newline
45083 \begin_inset Flex URL
45086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45088 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
45096 \begin_layout Bibliography
45097 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45098 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45099 LatexCommand bibitem
45105 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45108 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
45112 about new features in
45117 \begin_inset Newline newline
45121 \begin_inset Flex URL
45124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45126 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
45134 \begin_layout Standard
45135 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45169 \begin_inset Note Note
45172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45179 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
45180 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
45181 bibliography is the second one:
45189 \begin_layout Standard
45190 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
45191 LatexCommand bibtex
45192 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
45193 options "biblio/alphadin"
45200 \begin_layout Standard
45201 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
45204 \begin_layout Standard
45205 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
45206 LatexCommand printnomenclature
45212 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
45213 LatexCommand printindex